diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2007-08-29 20:37:00 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2007-08-29 20:37:00 +0000 |
| commit | 3b96c9c6ec7ee8bdf985ef04b812d45e816da90b (patch) | |
| tree | bf90788785486b39bef17b3c5da7d51c0d36d2ce /Master/texmf-dist | |
| parent | d340c324cfbe63068a5ef7776b8debfe2f20f8a1 (diff) | |
dtk update (28aug07)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4839 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
24 files changed, 2007 insertions, 13304 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/dtk/dtk.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/dtk/dtk.bib deleted file mode 100644 index 08a241aee5a..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/dtk/dtk.bib +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11386 +0,0 @@ -%% -*-bibtex-*- -%%% ==================================================================== -%%% BibTeX-file{ -%%% author = "Gerd Neugebauer; Jan Braun; Andreas Schlechte", -%%% version = "1.9", -%%% date = "Sun Dec 8 2002", -%%% filename = "dtk.bib", -%%% email = "DTK Redaktion <DTK-Redaktion at dante.de>", -%%% checksum = "", -%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", -%%% keywords = "Die TeXnische Komoedie", -%%% docstring = "This bibliography covers the contents of -%%% ``Die \TeX nische Kom\"odie'', the -%%% Communications of the German speaking TeX -%%% users group ``DANTE e.V.''. -%%% -%%% This \BibTeX\ file uses some advanced -%%% features. Those features are provided by -%%% \texttt{german.sty} (maybe -%%% \texttt{babel.sty} suffices. In additions -%%% Logos are taken from \textt{dtk.cls}. An -%%% excerpt is enclosed as \texttt{dtk-logo.sty}. -%%% -%%% This \BibTeX\ file is also the base for the -%%% Web pages at -%%% \url{http://www.dante.de/dante/DTK}. -%%% " -%%% } -%%% ==================================================================== -@STRING{beiprogramm = {{\TeX}-Beiprogramm} } -@STRING{bretter = {Bretter, die die Welt bedeuten} } -@STRING{dtk = {{D}ie {\TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die} } -@STRING{editorial = {Editorial} } -@STRING{fremdebuehne = {Von fremden B{\"u}hnen} } -@STRING{fundus = {Aus dem Fundus} } -@STRING{hinterbuehne = {Hinter der B{\"u}hne} } -@STRING{leserbrief = {Leserbrief(e)} } -@STRING{magazin = {Magazin} } -@STRING{rezension = {Rezensionen} } -@STRING{schonimmer = {Was Sie schon immer {\"u}ber {\TeX} wissen wollten - \dots} } -@STRING{theaterkasse = {Von der Theaterkasse} } -@STRING{theatertage = {{\TeX}-Theatertage} } - -@Article{ dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:editorial, - author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {3--4}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:neubauer:protokoll, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Protokoll der {G}r{\"u}ndungsversammlung von {DANTE} - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {5--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 1.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von - {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} - e.{V}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {8--11}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:lammarsch:bericht, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Bericht eines {USA}-{R}eisenden}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {12--15}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:burr.kruljac:europaeische, - author = {Barbara Burr and Gabriele Kruljac}, - title = {4.~{E}urop{\"a}ische {\TeX}-{K}onferenz in {K}arlsruhe, - 11.--13.~{S}eptember 1989}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {15--17}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:treffen, - author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, - title = {8.~{T}reffen der deutschsprachigen {{\TeX}-Anwender} in - {E}ichst{\"a}tt, 12.--13.~{O}ktober 1989}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {18--20}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:dietsche:deutsche, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung von {A}rtikeln aus einem der - n{\"a}chsten {TUGboats}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {21--24}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:lammarsch:tex, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {IBM-PC} und {K}ompatible}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = 25, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:lammarsch:software, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Software vom {S}erver auf {D}iskette}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = 26, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:neuwirth:metaplot, - author = {Konrad Neuwirth}, - title = {Meta{P}lot: und es geht doch!}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = 27, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:detig:digital, - author = {Christine Detig}, - title = {Digital {T}ypography -- {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and - {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = {29--30}, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {Typographie, Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:jones:underfull, - author = {Frankeye Jones}, - title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = 31, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk89.0:alighieri:goettliche, - author = {Dante Alighieri}, - title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1989, - volume = {0/89}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 1, - month = dec, - pages = 32, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:kruljac.burr:editorial, - author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 2.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {4--11}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:dietsche:deutsche, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol. 11, - {N}o. 1}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {12--15}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:knuth:new, - author = {Donald E. Knuth}, - title = {The New Versions of {\TeX} and {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {16--22}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Knuth, \TeX-Entwicklung, Metafont-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:kruljac:bibtex, - author = {Gabriele Kruljac}, - title = {{\BibTeX} und \texttt{MAKEINDEX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {23--24}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\MakeIndex, BibTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:birnthaler:setzen, - author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, - title = {Setzen von {R}egeln mit \texttt{regel.sty}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {24--27}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Regelsatz,} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:birnthaler:bearbeitung, - author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, - title = {Bearbeitung mehrteiliger {\LaTeX}-{D}okumente mit - \texttt{TEXPART.BAT}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {32--34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {mehrteilige Dokumente} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:birnthaler:struktogramme, - author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, - title = {Struktogramme setzen mit \texttt{strukto.sty}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {27--32}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Struktogramme} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:huelse.kaspar:expdlist, - author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse and Wolfgang Kaspar}, - title = {\texttt{EXPDLIST} -- eine {E}rweiterung der - \texttt{description}-{U}mgebung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {34--36}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Die erweiterte \texttt{description}-Umgebung soll die - {\LaTeX}-\texttt{description}-Umgebung nicht ersetzen, - sondern bietet bei Bedarf einige zus{\"a}tzliche - M{\"o}glichkeiten. Daneben steht mit \verb+\listpart+ ein - neuer, f{\"u}r alle \texttt{list}-Umgebungen g{\"u}ltiger - Befehl zur Verf{\"u}gung.}, - keywords = {Beschreibungen} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:lammarsch:xtex, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {{x\TeX}, {y\TeX}, {z\TeX}, \dots {W}ieviele {V}ersionen - wird es noch geben?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {37--39}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, \TeX-Versionen} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:mid:publisher, - key = {mid:publisher}, - author = {{MID/Information Logistics Group GmbH}}, - title = {Publisher}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {40--41}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:neuwirth:buchbesprechung, - author = {Konrad Neuwirth}, - title = {Buchbesprechung: {D}esign for {D}esktop {P}ublishing}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {42--43}, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {DTP} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:rotkaeppchen, - optauthor = {N. N.}, - title = {Rotk{\"a}ppchen, wie der {I}nformatiker es seinen - {K}indern erz{\"a}hlt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = {44--45}, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.1:alighieri:goettliche, - author = {Dante Alighieri}, - title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {1/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 1, - month = mar, - pages = 46, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:burr:editorial, - author = {Barbara Burr}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:lammarsch:dante, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Dante {L}etter}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {4--6}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:gutenberg90, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {{GUT}enberg{'90} (15.5--17.5)}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {7--9}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:tug90, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {{TUG}90 (17.6--20.6)}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {9--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, - {N}o.~2}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {11--15}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche*1, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, - {N}o.~3}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {15--20}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:schrod:komponenten, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {Die {K}omponenten von {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {21--29}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {{\TeX} ben{\"o}tigt eine gro{\ss}e Anzahl an - Hilfskomponenten (Dateien und Programme), deren Bedeutung - und gegenseitige Beziehung oft nicht bekannt ist. F{\"u}r - das Kernsystem {\TeX} werden die Komponenten und ihre - Beziehungen, die f{\"u}r den {\TeX}-Benutzer sichtbar sind, - erl{\"a}utert.}, - keywords = {\TeX-Komponenten} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:schrod:site-koordinator, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {Site-{K}oordinator f{\"u}r {T}reiber -- {W}as ist das?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {30--32}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:schrod:status, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {Zum {S}tatus verteilter {S}oftware}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {32--34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Shareware, Public Domain, Freeware} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:burr:schwierigkeiten, - author = {Barbara Burr}, - title = {Schwierigkeiten beim {S}etzen einer {T}abelle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {35--37}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Tabellensatz} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:detig:deutsche, - author = {Christine Detig}, - title = {Deutsche {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {38--40}, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.2:alighieri:goettliche, - author = {Dante Alighieri}, - title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {2/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 41, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:burr:editorial, - author = {Barbara Burr}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 3.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {4--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 9.10.1989--4.9.1990}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = 8, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Kasenbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:schmidt:tagungsbericht, - author = {Jens Schmidt}, - title = {Tagungsbericht von der {\TeX}90 in {C}ork}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {9--11}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht, Cork} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:zierke:tagungsbericht, - author = {Reinhard Zierke}, - title = {Tagungsbericht vom 9.~{T}reffen der deutschen - {\TeX}-{I}nteressenten in {G}{\"o}ttingen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {11--16}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:dafferner:epson-kompatibilitaet, - author = {Andreas Dafferner}, - title = {Epson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ - {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {17--18}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:tolksdorf:deutschsprachige, - author = {Robert Tolksdorf}, - title = {Deutschsprachige {V}ersion des - {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tils}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = 28, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:donath:dokumentation, - author = {Dirk Donath}, - title = {Dokumentation von {HPTOMF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {19--22}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {HPTOMF} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:partl:notizen, - author = {Hubert Partl}, - title = {Notizen zu {L}ayout und {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {22--26}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:tolksdorf:kennzeichnung, - author = {Robert Tolksdorf}, - title = {Kennzeichnung von {V}orversionen eines {D}okumentes}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {26--29}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Durch eine kleine Modifikation der Output-Routine von - {\LaTeX} werden Vorversionen eines Dokumentes durch eine - zus{\"a}tzliche Zeile am Seitenende als solche - gekennzeichnet. Die Modifikation wird als Style-Option - implementiert.}, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.3:pirnay:hilfsprogramme, - author = {Jens Pirnay}, - title = {Hilfsprogramme f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {3/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {30--33}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:burr:editorial, - author = {Barbara Burr}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:lammarsch:jahresrueckblick, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Jahresr{\"u}ckblick}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {4--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:dietsche:deutsche, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, - {N}o.~5}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {9--13}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:dafferner:nachtrag, - author = {Andreas Dafferner}, - title = {Nachtrag zum {A}rtikel: \emph{{E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t - $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 14, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:schrod:bemerkungen, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {Bemerkungen zur deutschsprachigen {V}ersion des - {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tiles}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {14--16}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {BibTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:zierke:vereinfachter, - author = {Reinhard Zierke}, - title = {Vereinfachter {\TeX}-{A}ufruf unter {U}nix}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {17--22}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Unix, \TeX-Aufruf} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:pirnay:ueberblick, - author = {Jens Pirnay}, - title = {{{\"U}}berblick {\"u}ber die {M}{\"o}glichkeiten von - {\TeX}draw f{\"u}r den {A}tari}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {22--23}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\TeX{}draw, Atari} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:knuth:future, - author = {Donald E. Knuth}, - title = {The Future of {\TeX} and {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {23--25}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Knuth, Metafont-Entwicklung, \TeX-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:thull:gebrauch, - author = {Klaus Thull}, - title = {Der {G}ebrauch von {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {25--36}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Metafont, Fontentwurf, Schriftentwurf} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:lammarsch:tests, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Tests von verschiedenen {PC}-{V}ersionen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {37--41}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {MS-DOS, PC\TeX, Turbo\TeX, em\TeX, $\mu$\TeX, PubliC\TeX, - sb\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:mittelbach:brief, - author = {Frank Mittelbach}, - title = {Brief an den {E}ditor}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 42, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:neubauer:kalender, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Kalender in {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {43--45}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Kalender} -} - -@Article{ dtk90.4:alighieri:goettliche, - author = {Dante Alighieri}, - title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1990, - volume = {4/90}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {46--47}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:burr:editorial, - author = {Barbara Burr}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 4.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von - {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachigen {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} - e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {4--11}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:kruljac-dronskowski:grusswort, - author = {Gabriele Kruljac-Dronskowski}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort zum {A}bschied}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {11--12}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:neuwirth.obermiller:bericht, - author = {Erich Neuwirth and Walter Obermiller}, - title = {Bericht {\"u}ber die 10.~{T}agung der deutschsprachigen - {\TeX} {I}nteressenten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {13--16}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:esken:bedieneroberflaeche, - author = {Thomas Esken}, - title = {Eine {B}edieneroberfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r das {em\TeX}-{S}ystem}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {17--20}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che, em\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:bernloehr:viewdvi, - author = {Konrad Bernl{\"o}hr}, - title = {{VIEWDVI} -- ein leistungsf{\"a}higer {P}reviewer f{\"u}r - {P}ersonal {C}omputer}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {20--23}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Previewer, VIEWDVI} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:schurr:grafikeinbindung, - author = {Oliver Schurr}, - title = {Grafikeinbindung (!) in {\TeX} mit {HPTOMF} -- {E}in - {E}rfahrungsbericht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {23--24}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {HPTOMF, Grafik, Bilder} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:klassiker, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Zwei {K}lassiker der {T}ypographie}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {25--26}, - note = {Rezension zweier B{\"u}cher von Jan Tschichold}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:tips, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Tips zum {T}abellensatz}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {27--29}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Tabellen, } -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:alighieri:goettliche, - author = {Dante Alighieri}, - title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {30--31}, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.1:physikalisches-maerchen, - key = {physikalisches maerchen}, - title = {Ein physikalisches {M}{\"a}rchen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {1/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {32--33}, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:burr:editorial, - author = {Barbara Burr}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:dante, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Neues von {DANTE}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {4--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:wahlen, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Wahlen zum \emph{Board of Directors}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {7--8}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:ruecktritt, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {R{\"u}cktritt des {E}uropean {C}oordinators}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 9, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:sowa:grafikintegration, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Grafikintegration mit \textsf{BM2FONT}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {10--14}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {bm2font, Grafik, Bilder} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:werntges:hp2xx, - author = {Heinz Werntges}, - title = {\texttt{hp2xx} -- {E}in {K}onverter f{\"u}r - {HPGL}-{D}ateien}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {14--23}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {HPGL ist ein Quasi-Standard f{\"u}r Vektorgrafiken. Wer - HPGL-Bilder in {\TeX}-Dokumente einbinden will, erh{\"a}lt - mit \texttt{hp2xx} ein Hilfsmittel f{\"u}r alle typischen - Vorgehensweisen: \texttt{hp2xx} kann Druckdateien erzeugen, - so da{\ss} Abbildungen in alter Weise separat gedruckt und - eingeklebt werden k{\"o}nnen, generiert aber auch - Rastergrafik (PCX), entweder f{\"u}r die direkte Einbindung - wie mit den {em\TeX}-Treibern, oder f{\"u}r - Weiterverarbeitung wie z.\,B. mit \texttt{bm2font}. Das - EPS-Format (encapsulated \textsc{PostScript}) - erm{\"o}glicht aufl{\"o}sungsunabh{\"a}ngige Bildeinbindung - und ist insbesondere f{\"u}r hochaufl{\"o}sende Drucker - oder Lichtsatzanlagen interessant. Auch \textsc{Metafont} - wird unterst{\"u}tzt. Auf DOS-Rechnern mit VGA-Grafik ist - schlie{\ss}lich ein Preview-Modus realisiert. - - Das ausf{\"u}hrbare Programm ist {\glqq}public - domain{\grqq} und wird zur Zeit auf DOS, Sun (Sparc), sowie - (mit Einschr{\"a}nkungen) auf VAX/VMS und ATARI unterst{\"u}tzt.}, - keywords = {hp2xx, Konverter, Rastergrafik, Bilder, Postscript, - bm2font, eps} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:strempel:latex-programm, - author = {Torsten-Karl Strempel}, - title = {{\LaTeX}-{P}rogramm zum {B}riefeschreiben}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {22--25}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Briefe, \verb|tksbrief.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:schoepf:softwareverteilung, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Softwareverteilung durch elektronische {N}etze {I} -- - {D}ie {\TeX}-{S}erver in {H}eidelberg und {S}tuttgart}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {26--32}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:qms-ps, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {{QMS PS} {L}aserdrucker}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {32--33}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:dietsche:hat, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {\dots{} der hat was zu erz{\"a}hlen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {33--34}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:schmitt:bemerkungen, - author = {Peter Schmitt}, - title = {Einige {B}emerkungen zu den {DC}-{F}onts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {35--37}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.2:alighieri:goettliche, - author = {Dante Alighieri}, - title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {2/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 38, - annote = magazin, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 5.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {4--16}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:lammarsch:resumee, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Ein {R}esumee}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {17--18}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:dafferner.schoepf:aufenthalt, - author = {Andreas Dafferner and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Ein {A}ufenthalt in {E}lbflorenz}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {19--21}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:kisker:rumgraph, - author = {H.-W. Kisker}, - title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein - {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 1}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = 22, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:wiechern:test, - author = {Hartmut Wiechern}, - title = {Test zweier {A}tari-{V}ersionen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {34--37}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Atari, Lindner-\TeX, Strunk-\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:baas:briefe, - author = {Michael Baas}, - title = {Briefe mit {\LaTeX} -- {E}in {\"U}berblick}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {37--40}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Briefe, Dinbriefe} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:schoepf:tex-benutzer, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {{\TeX}-{B}enutzer -- {E}in {P}ortrait}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {41--43}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.3:astheimer:bemerkung, - author = {Henning Astheimer}, - title = {Bemerkung zu den {S}ervern}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {3/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {44--45}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:knappen:bericht, - author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, - title = {Bericht von der 6.~europ{\"a}ischen {\TeX}-{K}onferenz}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {6--11}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:mittelbach.rowley:latex3, - author = {Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley}, - title = {Das {\LaTeX3} {P}rojekt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {12--15}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX-News} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:kisker:rumgraph, - author = {H.-W. Kisker}, - title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein - {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 2}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {16--23}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:schalueck:night, - author = {Elmar Schal{\"u}ck}, - title = {A {N}ight at the {O}pera -- {Z}wei {K}onzertberichte}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {23--26}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Mu\TeX, Music\TeX, Musiknotensatz} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:erlmeier:amiga, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Der {A}miga und {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {26--28}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:meyer-lerbs:macintosh, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Der {M}acintosh und {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {28--40}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:birkhahn.lindner:tex, - author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, - title = {{\TeX} auf dem {A}tari {ST}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {40--43}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Das folgende ist ein stichpunktartiger Bericht {\"u}ber - den Status des {\TeX}-Systems auf dem Atari ST.}, - keywords = {Atari} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:wiechern:nachtrag, - author = {Hartmut Wiechern}, - title = {Nachtrag zum {A}tari-{\TeX}-{T}est}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {43--45}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Atari} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:schoepf:tex-raetsel, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 46, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {R{\"a}tsel} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:lammarsch:aktuelle, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Aktuelle {A}uflage der {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 47, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:lammarsch:tex-buecher, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Drei {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher im {V}ergleich}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {48--51}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:lehmke:atari-tex, - author = {Stephan Lehmke}, - title = {Atari-{\TeX} und {U}mlaute}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 52, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari, Umlaute} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:lehmke:grafikeinbindung, - author = {Stephan Lehmke}, - title = {Grafikeinbindung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {53--54}, - note = {mit Antwort von Friedhelm Sowa}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Grafik, \PiCTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:landmann:serverzugang, - author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann}, - title = {Serverzugang}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 56, - note = {mit {A}ntwort von Joachim Lammarsch}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:landmann:dc-fonts, - author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann}, - title = {{DC}-{F}onts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 57, - note = {mit einer {A}ntwort von Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, DC-Fonts, Fonts (DC), Umlaute} -} - -@Article{ dtk91.4:joswig:bemerkungen, - author = {Michael J. Joswig}, - title = {Bemerkungen zum {A}tari-{\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1991, - volume = {4/91}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {57--58}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 6.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {5--22}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1991--31.12.1991}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {23--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Kassenbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:zierke:stammtischbericht, - author = {Reinhard Zierke}, - title = {Stammtischbericht aus {H}amburg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {25--26}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Stammtisch} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:erlmeier:software-verteilung, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Software-{V}erteilung {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {26--28}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:burkhard:klassenarbeiten, - author = {Werner Burkhard}, - title = {Klassenarbeiten mit {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {29--32}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Aufgaben, Klassenarbeiten, Klausuren} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:barth.steiner:deutsche, - author = {Wilhelm Barth and Helmut Steiner}, - title = {Deutsche {S}ilbentrennung f{\"u}r {\TeX} 3.1}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {33--35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Silbentrennung} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:wallmeier:deutsches, - author = {Markus Wallmeier}, - title = {Deutsches und internationales {\BibTeX}ing}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {35--38}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {BibTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:sumbeck:verwaltung, - author = {Fred Sumbeck}, - title = {Verwaltung von {L}iteraturdatenbanken}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {39--46}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:schmidt:metafont-spielereien, - author = {Jens Schmidt}, - title = {{\MF}-{S}pielereien}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {46--48}, - note = {Beschreibung eines ausgefallenen, - {\glqq}schwimmenden{\grqq} Fonts.}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Metafont, cmnerv, Fonts, Schriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:anfaengerfragen, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen gesucht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 49, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:schoepf:tex-raetsel, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel -- die {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 50, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {R{\"a}tsel} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:bezugsquellen, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Bezugsquellen f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 51, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:szillat:dc-fonts, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {{DC}-{F}onts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {52--54}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:langhaus:serverzugang, - author = {Claus Langhaus}, - title = {Serverzugang}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 54, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:woehle:geraeteunabhaengigkeit, - author = {Hartmut W{\"o}hle}, - title = {Ger{\"a}teunabh{\"a}ngigkeit}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 55, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.1:pauli:wissenschaftliche, - author = {Guido F. Pauli}, - title = {Wissenschaftliche {P}ublikationen und {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {1/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 55, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:sowa:stammtisch, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Stammtisch in {D}uisburg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {5--6}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Stammtisch} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:wellssow:bericht, - author = {Arne Well{\ss}ow}, - title = {Bericht {\"u}ber {DANTE}'92 in {H}amburg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {7--12}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:neuwirth:weiterentwicklung, - author = {Erich Neuwirth}, - title = {Die {W}eiterentwicklung von {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {13-15}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:mittelbach:latex3, - author = {Frank Mittelbach}, - title = {{\LaTeX3}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {15-22}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:langhaus:elektronische, - author = {Claus Langhaus}, - title = {Elektronische {K}ommunikation f{\"u}r {J}edermann}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {22--26}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {In diesem Artikel wird der Versuch unternommen, die - M{\"o}glichkeiten der elektronischen Kommunikation f{\"u}r - Privatleute zu beleuchten, soweit sie f{\"u}r die - Mitglieder von {DANTE}, Deutschsprachige - Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V., interessant sind. Es wird - dabei auch auf die verschiedenen Netze eingegangen.}, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:szillat:ams-latex, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {{\AMS-\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {26--31}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\AMS-\LaTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:bode:bibtex-style-files, - author = {Hans-Hermann Bode}, - title = {Neue {\BibTeX}-{S}tyle-{F}iles: die \emph{adaptable - family}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {31--41}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Es wird eine neue Familie von \BibTeX{}-Style-Files - vorgestellt, die von den Standard-Style-Files abgeleitet - ist und sich durch nachtr{\"a}gliche Anpa{\ss}barkeit von - Layout und F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern seitens des Benutzers oder - der Benutzerin auszeichnet. Das Paket umfa{\ss}t neben den - eigentlichen Stil-Dateien mit Definitionen, die automatisch - eine englische oder deutsche Bibliographie mit - ausgeschriebenen oder abgek{\"u}rzten F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern - erzeugen und au{\ss}erdem die volle Kompatibilit{\"a}t - bestehender \BibTeX{}-Datenbanken zu den neuen Stilen sowie - umgekehrt die Vertr{\"a}glichkeit neuer Datenbanken zu den - alten Stilen herstellen.}, - keywords = {BibTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:sowa:text, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Text und {B}ilder}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {41--45}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Bilder, Grafik, \verb|picinpar.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:lammarsch:aergernis, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Das {\"A}rgernis}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 47, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Public Domain, Shareware, Chip, em\TeX, TUG} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:lammarsch:umgebungsbereich, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Umgebungsbereich zu klein?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 46, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {MS-DOS, Umgebungsbereich} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:zierke:vieweg, - author = {Reinhard Zierke}, - title = {Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeX}-{B}uch: {E}ine praxisorientierte - {E}inf{\"u}hrung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {48--49}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:schaenzel:druckertreiber, - author = {Roland Sch{\"a}nzel}, - title = {Druckertreiber gesucht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 50, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.2:kalski:pictex-manual, - author = {Jens Kalski}, - title = {{\PiCTeX}-{M}anual}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {2/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 50, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, \PiCTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 7.~{M}itgliederversammlung {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {4--17}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:bleser.lang:bilder, - author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang}, - title = {Bilder in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {18--24}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, \verb|picins.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:raichle:umlaute, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Umlaute im {\BibTeX}-{S}tylebefehl \textsc{macro}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {25--27}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Umlaute, BibTeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:schurr:documentstyle-familie, - author = {Oliver Schurr}, - title = {Die documentstyle-{F}amilie \texttt{SCRIPT}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {27--28}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Die documentsytle-Familie \texttt{SCRIPT} von Frank Neukam - erm{\"o}glicht erstmals eine deutliche Verbesserung des - Layouts von Texten, die mit {\LaTeX} gesetzt sind. Sie - erlaubt u.\,a. eine sehr komfortable Einstellung des - Satzspiegels f{\"u}r die verschiedenen DIN-Formate und - enth{\"a}lt einen Briefstil, der in der {\TeX}-Gemeinde - seines gleichen sucht.}, - keywords = {|SCRIPT|, Dokumentstyle} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:willadt:anregungen, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Anregungen hinsichtlich der {S}oftwareverteilung von - {DANTE} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {29--30}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:juritza:wandel-exe, - author = {Dieter Juritza}, - title = {\texttt{WANDEL.EXE} -- ein vielf{\"a}ltig nutzbarer - {F}ormatkonverter}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {31--32}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Konverter, \verb|Wandel.exe|} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:esken:kurzer, - author = {Thomas Esken}, - title = {Kurzer {N}achtrag zur {\TeX}-{B}enutzungsoberfl{\"a}che - \textsf{Tx1}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {33--34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:guelicher:autoaufkleber, - author = {Christoph G{\"u}licher}, - title = {Autoaufkleber}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = nov, - pages = {34--35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Autoaufkleber} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:kuchel.muus:kalender, - author = {W.F. Kuchel and P.H. Muus}, - title = {Kalender}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {35--36}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Kalender} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:dietsche:blocksatz, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Blocksatz beim {A}bbildungs-/{T}abellentitel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {37--38}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Markup, Blocksatz, Abbildungen, Tabellen} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:hundt:nachdrucke, - author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, - title = {Nachdrucke der {K}nuth-{B}{\"a}nde}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {39--40}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Knuth} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:lammarsch:beginners, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {A {B}eginners {B}ook of {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {41--43}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:riedel:belichter, - author = {Wolfgang Riedel}, - title = {Belichter gesucht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 44, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:becker:devanangi-fonts, - author = {Joachim U. Becker}, - title = {Devanangi-{F}onts f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {44-45}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Devangangi, Fonts, Schriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:kusznier:sprachschwierigkeiten, - author = {Heinz Kusznier}, - title = {Sprachschwierigkeiten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 45, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.3:loew:aufgabe, - author = {Michael L{\"o}w}, - title = {Aufgabe}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {3/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 45, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {4--6}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:tex, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {{\TeX} auf dem {M}ac}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 6, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Macintosh} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:erlmeier:texnische, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {{\TeX}nische {S}oftware auf dem {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {6--8}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:gloeckner:erzeugung, - author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, - title = {Erzeugung virtueller {F}onts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {9--16}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Es werden Grundlagen f{\"u}r die Herstellung virtueller - Fonts vorgestellt. {A}nhand dreier Beispiele wird das - Vorgehen bei der Definition virtueller Fonts erl{\"a}utert: - \begin{enumerate} \item Ziffern in einem Font aus einem - anderen Font nehmen; \item PostScript-{\verb+\special+} - f{\"u}r das Rastern von Zeichen; \item Anpassungen der - Zeichenbelegung eines Fonts an einen anderen, dargestellt - f{\"u}r die DVIPS-Treiber von Arbort-{\TeX} von Tomas - Rokicki. \end{enumerate}}, - keywords = {Fonts, virtuelle Fonts, Schriften, Metafont, DVIPS, } -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:dippel:latex-seitenlayout, - author = {Joachim Dippel}, - title = {Neues zum {\LaTeX}-{S}eitenlayout: {D}er {O}urhead - {S}tyle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {16--20}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Markup, Seitenlayout, \verb|ourhead.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:breuer:anmerkungen, - author = {Stefan Breuer}, - title = {Anmerkungen zum \verb+\footnote+-{B}efehl}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {20--22}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Markup} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:burkhardt:schaubilder, - author = {Werner Burkhardt}, - title = {Schaubilder mathematischer {F}unktionen mit {\PiCTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {22--27}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\PiCTeX, Funktionen, Grafik, Mathematik} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:bleser.lang:balkendiagramme, - author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang}, - title = {Balkendiagramme in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {28--33}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Balkendiagramme, Grafik, \verb|bar.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:jurzitza:schaltbilder, - author = {Dieter Jurzitza}, - title = {Schaltbilder mit {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Schaltbilder} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:dietsche:fette, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Fette mathematische {A}kzente}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 35, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Formelsatz, Mathematik} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:erlmeier:pastex, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Pas{\TeX} in {V}orbereitung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = 36, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Pas\TeX, Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:bratz:beinahe, - author = {Ernst Bratz}, - title = {Beinahe gut -- ein subjektiver {T}est von {S}cientific - {W}ord}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {37--38}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, Word, Scientific Word} -} - -@Article{ dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:ganz, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Ganz un{\TeX}nische {B}{\"u}cher}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1992, - volume = {4/92}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 4, - month = dec, - pages = {38--40}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 8.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {5--23}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:aktive, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Aktive {M}itglieder der letzten {J}ahre}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {23--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:kurdelski:stammtisch, - author = {Lutz-Peter Kurdelski}, - title = {Stammtisch in {B}remerhafen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 26, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Stammtisch,} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:engelke:dante93, - author = {Stephan Engelke}, - title = {{DANTE}'93 in {C}hemnitz}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {27--31}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:latex3-projekt-team:news, - author = {\LaTeX3-Projekt-Team}, - title = {News from {\LaTeX}3}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {32--34}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:wisser:amiga, - author = {Ulrich Wisser}, - title = {Amiga und {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {35--41}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Amiga, Amiga\TeX, Pas\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:krebs:metafont-reparaturen, - author = {Peter Krebs}, - title = {{\MF}-{R}eparaturen -- f{\"u}r {L}aien}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {41--42}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, yswab, Fraktur} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:wallmeier:probleme, - author = {Martin Wallmeier}, - title = {Probleme mit langen {\"U}berschriften in {\LaTeX} und ein - {L}{\"o}sungsvorschlag}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {43--46}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {{\"U}berschriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:serienbriefe, - author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user}, - title = {Serienbriefe und vieles mehr \dots}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {46--49}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Serienbriefe, Briefe} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:fussnotenvariante, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Fu{\ss}notenvariante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {50--51}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Markup, Fu{\ss}noten} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:meyer-lerbs:so, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {So kommen {S}ie an {I}hr {\TeX} auf dem {M}ac}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {52--53}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:erlmeier:mailbox, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Mailbox f{\"u}r {A}miga-{\TeX}-{S}oftware}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {53--56}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Amiga, Mailbox} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:hundt:wettbewerb, - author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, - title = {Wettbewerb}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 56, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Metafont, Addison-Wesley, Logo} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:hundt:vers, - author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, - title = {Der {V}ers 3:16 -- {E}in {I}nformatiker treibt - fr{\"o}hliche {T}heologie}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {58--59}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, Knuth, Bibel, Theologie} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:kusznier:artikel, - author = {Heinz Kusznier}, - title = {Artikel und die darin beschriebene {S}oftware}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {60--61}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:anmerkungen, - author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user}, - title = {Anmerkungen zu \verb+script_l+}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {1/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {62--63}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, \verb|script_l|, Fonts, Schriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:lammarsch:fond, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Fond zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = 5, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:vieth:bericht, - author = {Ulrik Vieth}, - title = {Bericht von der 14.~{T}agung der {TUG}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {6--18}, - note = {Zusammenfassung einiger Workshops und Vortr{\"a}ge zur 14. - TUG-Tagung in Birmingham.}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:taylor.obermiller:zukunft, - author = {Phil Taylor and Walter Obermiller}, - title = {Die {Z}ukunft von {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {19--37}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung, NTS} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:werntges:grafik-import, - author = {Heinz Werntges}, - title = {Grafik-{I}mport in {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {38--53}, - note = {Einbinden von Grafiken in {\LaTeX} mit Beispielen und - diversen Wandelprogrammen.}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Grafik, c't, Postscript, Rastergrafik, eps, Vektorgrafik, - Metafont, \PiCTeX, Xfig, \TeX{}cad, GhostScript, DVIPS, - em\TeX, RUMgraph, bm2font, hp2xx} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:dietsche:kopfzeilen, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Kopfzeilen mal anders}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {54--55}, - note = {Beispiele zur Abwandlung der Kopfzeilen.}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Kopfzeilen, Markup} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:birkhahn:gegendarstellung, - author = {Lutz Birkhahn}, - title = {Gegendarstellung zum {A}rtikel {\glqq}{A}miga und - {\TeX}{\grqq}. 1/1993}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {56--59}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Amiga, cs\TeX, Atari, Gegendarstellung} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:strobel:fraktur, - author = {Franz Strobel}, - title = {Fraktur und \texttt{eqnarray}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {58--59}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Fraktur, Formelsatz} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.2:mehl:anfaengerfragen, - author = {Albrecht Mehl}, - title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {2/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {59--61}, - note = {Mit einer Anmerkung der Redaktion}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, Umgebungen, Absatzformat, - Minimalsystem} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {4--6}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 9.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {7--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1992--1.12.1992}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {26--27}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Kassenbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:steuer:cassettenhuellen, - author = {Arne W. Steuer}, - title = {Cassettenh{\"u}llen mit {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {28--29}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Casettenh{\"u}llen, \verb|cassette.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:suchanek:mathematikaufgaben, - author = {Jan Suchanek}, - title = {Mathematikaufgaben mit {P}ascal und {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {29--32}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Pascal, Aufgaben, Mathematik} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:goetz:asc2tex, - author = {Thomas K. G{\"o}tz}, - title = {{ASC}2{\TeX}: ein {K}onverter f{\"u}r {B}lockgrafik}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {32--34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Blockgrafik, ASC2\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:schleicher:kompatible, - author = {Ralph Schleicher}, - title = {Kompatible {\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r erweiterte - {Z}eichens{\"a}tze}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {34--39}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Makroprogrammierung, Makrodefinition} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:nitschke:markieren, - author = {Dirk Nitschke}, - title = {Markieren von {F}ormeln}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {40--42}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Formelsatz} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:scherer:promillezeichen, - author = {Andreas Scherer}, - title = {Das {P}romillezeichen als {\TeX}-{M}akro \dots}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {42--45}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Promillezeichen, Metafont} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:gewehr:vorsicht, - author = {Harald Gewehr}, - title = {Vorsicht {D}atenverlust!}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {46--47}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Datenverlust, \verb|\include|} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:hesse:tex, - author = {Norbert Hesse}, - title = {Das {\TeX} \textsc{RunTime System} f{\"u}r {SCO} {U}nix}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {48--52}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Unix, SCO Unix} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:erlmeier:amiga-news, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Amiga-{N}ews}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {53--54}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:meyer-lerbs:viel, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Viel {N}eues auf dem {M}ac}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {55--56}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, CMac\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.3:getreu:anregungen, - author = {Jens Getreu}, - title = {Anregungen zu {NTS}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {3/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {57--58}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, NTS, \TeX-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:dietsche:verlorengegangene, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Verlorengegangene {TUG}-{M}itglieder}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {6--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:latex3-projekt:latex2e, - author = {{\LaTeX}3-Projekt}, - title = {{\LaTeXe} -- {A} {N}ew {V}ersion of {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {8--10}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:hassel:schachfigurensatz, - author = {Frank Hassel}, - title = {Schachfigurensatz mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {11--25}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Schachfiguren, \verb|chess.sty|, \verb|BdFchess.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:scherer:graphiken, - author = {Andreas Scherer}, - title = {Graphiken mit {G}nu{PLOT} und {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {26--30}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:brusberg:makeidx, - author = {Oliver Brusberg}, - title = {\emph{MakeIdx} -- ein (anderer) {I}ndexprozessor f{\"u}r - {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {30--33}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {MakeIdx, Index} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:lauschke:leidigen, - author = {Andreas Lauschke}, - title = {Diese leidigen {M}engenzeichen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {33--35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Mengensymbole, Formelsatz, blackboard bold, bbold} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:dietsche:hokuspokus, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Hokuspokus}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {30--37}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:kamlage:texstar, - author = {Michael Kamlage}, - title = {{\TeX}{S}tar -- {E}ine {O}berfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r {\TeX} und - {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {38--39}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {\TeX{}Star, Oberfl{\"a}che} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:schank:tex, - author = {Michael Schank}, - title = {{\TeX} und {OS}/22.x}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {39--40}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:erlmeier:rund, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Rund um den {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {40--43}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:breuer:word, - author = {Stefan Breuer}, - title = {{WORD}, {\TeX} und {A}lcuin}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {44--45}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Word, Alcuin} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:zierke:latex, - author = {Reinhard Zierke}, - title = {The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = {46--48}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk93.4:hrebabetzky:farbiger, - author = {Frank Hrebabetzky}, - title = {Farbiger {D}ruck}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1993, - volume = {4/93}, - altvolume = 5, - altnumber = 4, - month = apr, - pages = 49, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 10.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {6--22}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:thewalt:dante94, - author = {Volker Thewalt}, - title = {{DANTE}'94 in {M}{\"u}nster -- ein kurzer - {T}agungsbericht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {23--27}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:hosek:writers, - author = {Don Hosek}, - title = {Writers on type and typography needed}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = 28, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {Typographie} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:scherer:graphiken, - author = {Andreas Scherer}, - title = {Graphiken mit \textsc{GnuPlot} und {\MF} -- {K}orrektur}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {29--33}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:baas:tex-makros, - author = {Michael Baas}, - title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {34--40}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Anhand eines konkreten Beispiels, {\"u}ber dessen - praktische Zul{\"a}ssigkeit die {\glqq}Fundis{\grqq} unter - den {\TeX}-Anwendern sicherlich hei{\ss}e Diskussionen - f{\"u}hren k{\"o}nnten, wird das Problem aufgezeigt, einen - allgemeinen {\glqq}Definitionsmechanismus{\grqq} f{\"u}r - Makros zu entwickeln. Es werden schlie{\ss}lich drei Makros - entwickelt, die es in verschiedenen Varianten erlauben, - beliebige Zeichen als Makro zu definieren.}, - keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:steuer:postkarten, - author = {Arne W. Steuer}, - title = {Postkarten mit {P}as{\TeX} auf dem {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {40--41}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Postkarten, \verb|postcard.sty|} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:hirsch:dezimalkomma, - author = {Richard Hirsch}, - title = {Dezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {42--45}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Wenn man in Dezimalbr{\"u}chen einfach ein Komma als - Dezimaltrennzeichen verwendet, erh{\"a}lt man unsch{\"o}ne - Abst{\"a}nde im Ausdruck. Hier wird eine Definition f{\"u}r - das Komma im mathematischen modus vorgestellt, die von - selbst erkennt, ob es sich um ein Satzzeichen oder ein - Dezimalkomma handelt, und entsprechende Abst{\"a}nde - einf{\"u}gt.}, - keywords = {Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:dietsche:seitenzahlen, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Seitenzahlen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {46--47}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Seitenzahlen, Markup, \verb|\thepage|} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:lehrke:linux, - author = {J{\"o}rg Lehrke}, - title = {Linu{X} -- ein freies *nix f{\"u}r {PC}s}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {48--51}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Linux, Unix} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:hansen:mut, - author = {Oliver Hansen}, - title = {Mut zur {T}ypographie}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = sep, - pages = {52--53}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, DTP, Typographie} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:schroeder:mehr, - author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {Mehr {P}romillezeichen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = 54, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, wasy, Waldis Symbol Font, - Fonts, Schriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.1:wolfrum-jr-:os2, - author = {Philipp {Wolfrum jr.}}, - title = {{OS/2} und {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {1/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 1, - month = jul, - pages = {54--55}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:guenther:verwaltungskueche, - author = {J{\"u}rgen G{\"u}nther}, - title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {5--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:lammarsch:fonds, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = 7, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:schrell:stammtisch, - author = {Andreas Schrell}, - title = {Der {S}tammtisch in {W}uppertal}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {8--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:zapf:has, - author = {Hermann Zapf}, - title = {Has type design any future}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {11--13}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {Stammtisch} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:raichle:tex3, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {{\TeX3} von {V}ersion 3.0 bis 3.1415}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {14--26}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:schmidt:umsteigen, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {Umsteigen auf {\LaTeXe}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {26--31}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\LaTeXe-Installation, \LaTeX~2.09} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:schmidt:latex, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {{\LaTeX} f{\"u}r {T}echniker}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {32--36}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Formelsatz} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:szillat:internet-anschluss, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {Internet-{A}nschlu{\ss} -- selbst gebastelt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {37--39}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Internet} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:schank:tex, - author = {Michael Schank}, - title = {{\TeX} und {OS/2} 2.x}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {39--42}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {OS/2, Emacs, Auc\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:porto:tex-service, - author = {Markus Porto}, - title = {{\TeX}-{S}ervice des {HRZ} der {U}niversit{\"a}t - {G}ie{\ss}en}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {43--46}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Online-Hilfe, WWW} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:schoepf:buecher, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Zwei neue {B}{\"u}cher}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {47--49}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.2:mittelbach:seitenzahlen, - author = {Frank Mittelbach}, - title = {Seitenzahlen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {2/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {50--52}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Markup, Seitenzahlen, - \verb|fancyheadings|-Paket} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 11.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}. - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {6--17}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:team:latex, - author = {{\LaTeX} Programming Team}, - title = {{\LaTeX} {N}ews, {I}ssue2, {D}ecember 1994}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {18--20}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {\LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:kayssner:handbuecher, - author = {Christian Kayssner}, - title = {Handb{\"u}cher}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {21--24}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Handb{\"u}cher, Booklets, A4, A5, \verb|DOUBLE|} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:steuer:style-files, - author = {Arne W. Steuer}, - title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {25--30}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Es wird geschildert, wie insbesondere {\LaTeX}-Einsteiger - einfache Stil-Optionen (Style-Files) selbst entwickeln - k{\"o}nnen. Grundsatz dabei ist: Vom Speziellen zum - Allgemeinen. Beispielhaft wird die Erstellung eines - Style-Files zum Beschriften von Aktenordnern beschrieben. - Im Vordergrund steht dabei nicht die Ber{\"u}cksichtigung - von Tricks und Feinheiten der Makroprogrammierung. Vielmehr - ist es Ziel, eine leicht nachvollziehbare Vorgehensweise - darzustellen, die zu einfachen aber funktionierenden - Ergebnissen f{\"u}hrt und zu eigenen Experimenten anregt.}, - keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Styles erstellen, } -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:erlmeier:bericht, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {31--33}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, - author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {33--34}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Atari} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:sowa:bericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} - {G}raphik}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {34--35}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {BS2000, Graphik} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:meyer-lerbs:bericht, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {35--36}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Macintosh} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:lammarsch:bericht, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 36, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {MVS} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:schwarz:bericht, - author = {Norbert Schwarz}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {NOS/VE} {\&} {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 36, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {NOS/VE, Metafont} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:koch:bericht, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 36, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {OS/2} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:breitenlohner:bericht, - author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PC}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 37, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {PC} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:braune:bericht, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {37--38}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {UNIX} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:friesland-koepke:bericht, - author = {Gerhard Friesland-K{\"o}pke}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VAX/VMS}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {38--39}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {VAX, VMS} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:bayer:bericht, - author = {Georg Bayer}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 39, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {VM} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:raichle:bericht, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman Style}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {39--40}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {german-Style} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:burkhard:bericht, - author = {Wener Burkhard}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- - {L}ehrerfortbildung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 40, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:gloeckner:bericht, - author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {P}ostScript}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {40--41}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {PostScript} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:schoepf:bericht, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- - {S}erver-{K}oordination}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 41, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Server} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:schrod:bericht, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiber}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {42--44}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Treiber} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:loeser:bericht, - author = {Christa Loeser}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und - {B}uchhandel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {44-45}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:ringhandt:a4, - author = {Andreas Ringhandt}, - title = {Von {A}4 zu {A}5}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {46--47}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, A4, A5} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:breuer:ftp-server, - author = {Stefan Breuer}, - title = {ftp-{S}erver, {CD-ROM} oder {D}isketten? {D}ie - {V}erteilermedien f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {47--49}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, ftp, CD-ROM, Disketten} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:kastrup:tex-makros, - author = {David Kastrup}, - title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {49--52}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:kusznier:verwaltungskueche, - author = {Heinz Kusznier}, - title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = 53, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.3:schroeder:gedanken, - author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {Gedanken zum {G}edankenstrich}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {3/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 3, - month = sep, - pages = {53--55}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:neugebauer:bibtool, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {\textsc{BibTool} -- {M}anipulation von {\BibTeX}-{D}ateien}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {4--11}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Es war einmal, da versp{\"u}rte ich das dringende - Bed{\"u}rfnis, \BibTeX-Dateien aus verschiedenen Quellen - zusammen weiterzugeben. Da es sich dabei nicht nur um - einige wenige Eintr{\"a}ge in den \BibTeX-Dateien handelte, - ergaben sich daraus diverse Aufgaben, die gel{\"o}st werden - mu{\ss}ten. Das einfachste Problem war, da{\ss} das - Erscheinungsbild vereinheitlicht werden sollte. Das - bedeutet, da{\ss} die Dateien neu formatiert werden - m{\"u}ssen. Das n{\"a}chste Problem war, die - Vereinheitlichung der Schl{\"u}ssel, unter denen die - \BibTeX-Eintr{\"a}ge angesprochen werden sollen. - Schlie{\ss}lich und endlich ergab sich das Problem, die - Dateien zu sortieren. \par Da es damals noch keine - entsprechenden Werkzeuge gab -- insbesondere nicht f{\"u}r - den Rechner, den ich damals verwendete -- wurde das - \textsc{BibTool}-Programm geboren. Als dann einmal die - grundlegenden Funktionen geschrieben waren, kamen noch - weitere hinzu, soda{\ss} man \textsc{BibTool} heute als das - Schweizer-Armee-Messer zur \BibTeX-Vorverarbeitung bezeichnen k{\"o}nnte.}, - keywords = {BibTeX, BibTool, Literaturverzeichnis} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:schmidt:computer, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {Computer {M}odern {B}right}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {11--16}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Computer Modern Bright, } -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:raichle:orale, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {I}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {16--23}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, - Schleifen} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:eckermann:paralleles, - author = {Matthias Eckermann}, - title = {Paralleles {S}etzen l{\"a}ngerer {T}exte}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {23--27}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {paralleles Setzen, zweisprachiges Setzen} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:dietsche:absatzformen, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Absatzformen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {28--30}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Absatzformat, \verb|\leftskip|, \verb|\rightskip|, - \verb|\parfillskip|, Markup} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:pfeiffer:winword, - author = {Horst Pfeiffer}, - title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {31--34}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:schank:texit, - author = {Michael Schank}, - title = {{\TeX}{IT}! for {OS}/2}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {34--35}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, em\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:dietsche:rechtschreibreform, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Rechtschreibreform}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {35--36}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk94.4:schoppmann:tex, - author = {Harald Schoppmann}, - title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {H}eimwerker}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1994, - volume = {4/94}, - altvolume = 6, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {37--39}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 12.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {5--18}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:unger:mailbox, - author = {J{\"u}rgen Unger}, - title = {Die {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}. -- es ist vollbracht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {18--20}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:feuerstack:zauber, - author = {Thomas Feuerstack}, - title = {Der {Z}auber eines {L}{\"a}chelns}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {20--25}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:mittelbach:math, - author = {Frank Mittelbach}, - title = {Math {F}ont {E}ncoding}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {26--27}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {Fonts (math), \LaTeX3} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:splett:russische, - author = {Siegfried Splett}, - title = {Das russische {A}lphabet -- mit - {\glqq}{B}ordmitteln{\grqq} erstellt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {28--30}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, Kyrillisch} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:porto:weiterhin, - author = {Markus Porto}, - title = {Weiterhin guten {A}ppetit!}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {31--32}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:erlmeier:bericht, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {32}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, - author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {32--33}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Atari} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:sowa:bericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} - {G}raphik}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {33--34}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {BS2000, Graphik} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {34}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Macintosh} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:lammarsch:bericht, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 34, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {MVS} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:koch:bericht, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {34--35}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {OS/2} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:braune:bericht, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {35--36}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {UNIX} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:bayer:bericht, - author = {Georg Bayer}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 36, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {VM} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:raichle:bericht, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {36--37}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {german-Style} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:burkhard:bericht, - author = {Wener Burkhard}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- - {L}ehrerfortbildung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {37}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:schoepf:bericht, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- - {S}erver-{K}oordination}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {38--39}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Server} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:schrod:bericht, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- - dvi-{T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {38--41}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Treiber, SGML} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:loeser:bericht, - author = {Christa Loeser}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und - {B}uchhandel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {41--42}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:dietsche:tex, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {{\TeX}: starting from 1}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {43--44}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:braun:winword, - author = {Jan Braun}, - title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}, {H}eft 4/94}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {45--48}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.1:bauhaus:gedanken, - author = {Georg Bauhaus}, - title = {Gedanken zu {G}edanken zu {G}edankenstrichen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {1/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {48--50}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:team:modifying, - author = {\LaTeX3{} Project Team}, - title = {Modifying {\LaTeXe}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {6--10}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:neugebauer:setzen, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Setzen russischer {T}extteile mit {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {11--20}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden M{\"o}glichkeiten aufgezeigt, wie - Texte mit kyrillischen Zeichen in einem normalen Text - eingebracht werden k{\"o}nnen. Dabei werden insbesondere - die kyrillischen Zeichens{\"a}tze der University of - Washington vorgestellt.}, - keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, Fonts, Kyrillisch, wncyr, cmcyr} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:raichle:orale, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {II}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {20--30}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, - \verb|\relax|} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:malek:style-files, - author = {Matthias Malek}, - title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht -- zum {Z}weiten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {31--35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Styles erstellen} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:raichle:datumsangaben, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Datumsangaben}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {36--37}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Datumsangaben} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:hanneder:tex, - author = {J{\"u}rgen Hanneder}, - title = {{\TeX} unter {OS/2} f{\"u}r akademische {M}inderheiten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {38--41}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX, Auc\TeX, Editor, Emacs} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:neugebauer:kurioses, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Kurioses aus dem {F}undus}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {41--43}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Fontumschaltbefehle, \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small|, - \verb|\scriptsize|}, - abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden einige Merkw{\"u}rdigkeiten in - den Definitionen der Fontumschaltungsbefehle - \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small| und \verb|\scriptsize| in - \LaTeX{} ausgezeigt.} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:jones:underfull, - author = {Frankeye Jones}, - title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = 44, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.2:dietsche:fachwoerterbuch, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Fachw{\"o}rterbuch {K}ommunikationsdesign}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {2/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 2, - month = sep, - pages = {46--47}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, Kommunikationsdesign} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 13.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {6--20}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:aera, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Die {\"A}ra des {P}r{\"a}sidenten geht zu {E}nde \dots}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {20--21}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:fonds, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 21, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:raichle:tex, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {{\TeX} {C}apacity exceeded \dots{} -- {T}eil {I}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {22--33}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\TeX Capacity exceeded, Zwischenspeicher} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:erlmeier:bericht, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {34--37}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:raichle:bericht, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {37--39}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {german-Style} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:knappen:bericht, - author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {39--40}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:koch:bericht, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS}/2}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {40--41}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:schrod:bericht, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiberentwicklung - und {SGML}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {41--42}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:braune:bericht, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {42--43}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:loeser:bericht, - author = {Christa Loeser}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und - {B}uchhandel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 43, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:schrod:tds, - author = {Joachim Schrod}, - title = {{TDS} -- {D}ie vorgeschlagene {\TeX} {D}irectory - {S}tructure}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {44--47}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {TDS, Verzeichnisstruktur, Standard} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:beschreibung, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Beschreibung der {CD-ROM} von {DANTE} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {48--50}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {CD-ROM, CTAN} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:hesse:erfinder, - author = {Norbert Hesse}, - title = {Erfinder von {\TeX}, {\LaTeX} und {\MF} geben zu: {A}lles - {B}etrug!!!}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {50--51}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.3:neugebauer:wie, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {3/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {52--53}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, Duden}, - reference = {Duden: \emph{Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche - Arbeiten?} \emph{\em Ein Leitfaden vom 1. Studiensemester - bis zur Promotion};\\ 1988, Duden Verlag Mannheim, Wien, - Z{\"u}rich;\\ (Die Duden Taschenb{\"u}cher: Bd.~21)\\ ISBN - 3-411-02751-7\\ 216 Seiten, 12,80~DM } -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:neugebauer:klasse, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Eine {K}lasse f{\"u}r {\glqq}{Die \TeX}nische - {K}om{\"o}die{\grqq}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = {6--15}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {{\glqq}Die \TeX{}nische Kom{\"o}die{\grqq} wird neuerdings - mit \LaTeXe{} hergestellt. In diesem Artikel werden einige - Hintergr{\"u}nde der benutzten Dokumenten-Klasse erhellt. - Wie er entstand, welche M{\"o}glichkeiten er bietet und wie - man ihn benutzen kann. }, - keywords = {dtk, \LaTeX-Klassen} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:raichle:orale, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = {15--29}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, - \verb|\relax|} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:lemberg:cjk-paket, - author = {Werner Lemberg}, - title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = {30--40}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Mit MULE (multilingual Emacs) kann man Text in mehreren - Sprachen schreiben. Es ist im besonderen entwickelt worden, - um asiatische Sprachen in unterschiedlichen Kodierschemata - zu editieren. So ist es zum Beispiel m{\"o}glich, - Chinesisch in der vereinfachten Schrift - (jij{\^a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in GB-Kodierung) und in der - traditionellen Form (f{\'a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in - Big-5-Kodierung) gleichzeitig darzustellen, obwohl sich die - Kodierungsbereiche {\"u}berlappen. \par Das CJK-Paket - (Chinesich/Japanisch/Koreanisch) ist das Pendant f{\"u}r - {\LaTeXe}. Die meisten CJK-Kodierungen sind implemntiert, - das interne Kodierschema von MULE wird durch einen kleinen - Pr{\"a}prozessor unterst{\"u}tzt. Au{\ss}erdem enth{\"a}lt - es Module f{\"u}r Unicode und CEF (Chinese Encoding - Framework), das im Prinzip eine Eingabemethode f{\"u}r die - CNS-Kodierung (Chinesischer National Standard, zirka - 48\,000 chinesische Schriftzeichen) ist. \par CJK ist - nat{\"u}rlich nicht auf MULE beschr{\"a}nkt. Jeder Editor - der eine CJK-Sprache unterst{\"u}tzt, kann verwendet - werden. \par Im CJK-Paket sind Hilfsprogramme enthalten, - die chinesische TrueType-Fonts und - CJK-Bitmap-Zeichens{\"a}tze in \texttt{.pk}-Dateien - konvertieren. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden Sprachmodule f{\"u}r - CJK-Sprachen zur Verf{\"u}gung gestellt, die in - Zusammenarbeit mit dem Koma-Script-Paket syntaktisch - korrekte {\"U}berschriften produzieren. \par Dieser Artikel - beschreibt Version 3.0.1 des Pakets.}, - keywords = {CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, - MULE} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:raichle:kapitaelchen, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Kapit{\"a}lchen in {{\"U}}berschriften}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = {41--42}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Kapit{\"a}lchen, Fonts} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:dafferner.dietsche.ea:alternative, - author = {Andreas Dafferner and Luzia Dietsche and Bernd Raichle and - Volker RW Schaa and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = {43--47}, - annote = beiprogramm, - abstract = {Vielen Anf{\"a}ngern und Umsteigern von anderen - Textverarbeitungsprogrammen ist die gro{\ss}e Anzahl von - Befehlen in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} der Haupthinderungsgrund - f{\"u}r eine schnelle und effiziente Einarbeitung. Das hier - abgedruckte Glossar soll einen ersten einfachen Einstieg in - die komplexe Befehlsstruktur auf eine leicht - verst{\"a}ndliche Weise erm{\"o}glichen. Bei Bedarf werden - weitere Folgen auf Schwerverst{\"a}ndliches oder - Wissenswertes eingehen.}, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk95.4:huelse:4alltex, - author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse}, - title = {4all{\TeX} -- eine {R}eady-to-{R}un-{CD} auf dem - {P}r{\"u}fstand}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1995, - volume = {4/95}, - altvolume = 7, - altnumber = 4, - month = mar, - pages = {48--51}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, CD-ROM} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 14.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {5--15}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1993--31.12.1993}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {16--17}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Kassenbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:lammarsch:brief, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Ein {B}rief an die c't}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = 18, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {c't} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:dietsche:cjk-paket, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket -- {K}orrekturen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = 19, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Fehlerbericht, CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, - Koreanisch, MULE} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:matthes:bericht, - author = {Henning Matthes}, - title = {Bericht von der {F}r{\"u}hjahrstagung in {A}ugsburg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {20--23}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:ftp.shsu.edu, - key = {ftp.shsu.edu}, - title = {ftp.shsu.edu}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = 24, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:neugebauer:krakelig, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Von {\glqq}krakelig{\grqq} bis {\glqq}wie gemalt{\grqq}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {25--42}, - annote = fundus, - abstract = {Wir alle kennen zur Gen{\"u}ge die - Computer-Modern-Schriften, die standardm{\"a}{\ss}ig von - {\TeX} verwendet werden. Sicher hat der eine oder andere - auch mit PostScript-Schriften wie Times, helvetics oder - LucidaBright seine Erfahrungen gesammelt. In diesem Artikel - habe ich mir Schreibschriften vorgenommen und die - M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, ein handschrift{\"a}hnliches - Aussehen mit {\LaTeX} zu produzieren.}, - keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, gftopk, Lateinische Ausgangsschrift, - lla, la, Vereinfachte Anfangsschrift, va, vacal, twcal, - calligra, script, S{\"u}tterlin, suet, schwell, Fonts} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:erlmeier:bericht, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {43--44}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:raichle:bericht, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {45--46}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {german-Style} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:lerbs:bericht, - author = {Lothar Meyer Lerbs}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {46--48}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Macintosh} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:knappen:bericht, - author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {48--52}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Metafont} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:breitenlohner:bericht, - author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PubliC\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {52--53}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Public\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:schoepf:bericht, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- - {S}erver-{K}oordination}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = 53, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Server} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:braune:bericht, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {53--54}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {UNIX} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:loeser:bericht, - author = {Christa Loeser}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und - {B}uchhandel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {54--56}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:schroeder:texies, - author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {{\TeX}ies, fahrt nach {H}eidelberg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {56--57}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:willadt:orale, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Orale {S}pielereien -- {T}eil {III}, {H}eft 4/95}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {58--59}, - note = {mit einer Antwort von Bernd Raichle}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, - Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.1:hoeppner:latex-vademecum, - author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, - title = {{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum -- {E}in {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r - {E}insteiger und {F}ortgeschrittene}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {1/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 1, - month = jun, - pages = {60--61}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1994--31.12.1994}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {6--9}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Kassenbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:knuth:important, - author = {Donald E. Knuth}, - title = {Important Message to all Users of {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {10--13}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - abstract = {Auf Donald E. Knuths WWW-Seite - \texttt{http://www-cs-faculty.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/cm.html} - befindet sich seit einigen Monaten ein Aufruf an die - Benutzer des Textsatzsystemes {\TeX}. Er weist darin auf - zwei Probleme hin, die die von ihm erstellte - Computer-Modern-Schriftfamilie betreffen. Das erste - Problem, das Anfang Juni entdeckt wurde, betrifft eine - nicht von Knuth autorisierte {\"A}nderung an den - Quelldateien, die zu Inkompatibilit{\"a}ten f{\"u}hrt. - Diese ge{\"a}nderten Quelldateien werden mit der - Linux-Slackware-Distribution verteilt. Auf das zweite - Problem, da{\ss} h{\"a}ufig noch veraltete Versionen der - Computer-Modern-Schriften verwendet werden, wurde schon - mehrmals von J{\"o}rg Knappen hingewiesen; zuletzt in der - Ausgabe 1/1996, S.~52, der Mitgliederzeitung. \par Bitte - {\"u}berpr{\"u}fen Sie ihre {\TeX}-Installation und - besorgen Sie sich, falls Sie veraltete oder ver{\"a}nderte - Computer-Modern-Schriften verwenden, die offiziellen - Dateien der neuesten Version vom CTAN (Comprehensive {\TeX} - Archive Network).}, - keywords = {Knuth, Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, Fehlerbericht, Linux, - Slackware, Computer-Modern-Schriften} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:kohm:koma-script, - author = {Markus Kohm}, - title = {\textsc{Koma-Script} -- {E}ine {A}lternative zu den - {S}tandardklassen?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {14--33}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Wer die Newsgroups wie \texttt{de.comp.tex} aufmerksam - verfolgt, wird immer wieder Verweise auf - \textsc{Koma-Script} finden. Selbst in der - DE-{\TeX}-/DANTE-FAQ sind inzwischen mehrere Verweise auf - dieses Paket zu lesen. Auf den folgenden Seiten soll daher - die Entstehung, die Motivation, die Grundz{\"u}ge und die - Verwendung von \textsc{Koma-Script} erl{\"a}utert werden. - Um den Rahmen nicht zu sprengen, werden nur die Klassen - \texttt{scrartcl}, \texttt{scrreprt} und \texttt{scrbook} - sowie das Satzspiegelpaket \texttt{typearea} erl{\"a}utert. - Die Briefklasse \texttt{scrletter} und die erg{\"a}nzenden - Pakete \texttt{scrpage}, \texttt{scrtime}, - \texttt{scrdate}, \texttt{scraddr} und die zu - \texttt{scrlettr} geh{\"o}renden Beispieldokumente - \texttt{phone} und \texttt{dir} werden hier ausgeklammert. - F{\"u}r die Installation sei auf die Anleitungen, die zum - Paket geh{\"o}ren, verwiesen.}, - keywords = {\textsc{Koma-Script}, \LaTeX-Klassen} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:raichle:orale, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III} - ({A}ddendum)}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {33--37}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, - \verb|\relax|} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:breymann:dokumentationen, - author = {Ullrich Breymann}, - title = {Dokumentationen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {37--43}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {C-Programme, Quellcode, Dokumentationen, } -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:neugebauer:tafel-fett, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Tafel-{F}ett}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {44--53}, - annote = fundus, - abstract = {Manchmal ist es n{\"o}tig, die mathematischen Symbole - f{\"u}r die nat{\"u}rlichen Zahlen, die ganzen Zahlen, die - komplexen Zahlen oder {\"a}hnliche Symbole zu verwenden. - Diese werden typischerweise durch einen zus{\"a}tzlichen - senkrechten Strich am Anfang der Letter dargestellt. \par - Es gibt verschiedene L{\"o}sungen f{\"u}r dieses Problem. - Einige dieser L{\"o}sungen sollen hier vorgestellt werden.}, - keywords = {Mengensymbole, blackboard bold, \AmS-Fonts, bbold, - mathbbol, doublestroke, dsfont, bbm, Mathematik} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:raichle:roman, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Roman statt {I}talic in mathematischen {F}ormeln}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {54--55}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Fonts (math), Formelsatz, \verb|\mathrm|, Mathematik} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:vieth:tex, - author = {Ulrik Vieth}, - title = {{\TeX} {L}ive -- {D}ie erste {TDS}-konforme ready-to-run - {\TeX}-{CD-ROM} f{\"u}r {U}nix-{S}ysteme und andere - {P}lattformen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {56--63}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {CD-ROM, TDS} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:nuechter:beschleunigung, - author = {Peter N{\"u}chter}, - title = {Beschleunigung eines {\LaTeX}-{D}urchlaufs}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {64--66}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Formatdatei, \verb|initex|, \verb|virtex|} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:lagally:alternative, - author = {Klaus Lagally}, - title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar -- {A}ddendum}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = {67--68}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Humor, Satire} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.2:latex-raetsel, - key = {latex-raetsel}, - title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {2/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 2, - month = aug, - pages = 69, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:dietsche:protokoll, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Protokoll der 15.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {6--21}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:diskussionsgruppe-belichter:eigene, - author = {Diskussionsgruppe {\glqq}Belichter{\grqq}, DANTE e.V.}, - title = {Eine eigene {L}ichtsatzanlage f{\"u}r {DANTE} e.V.?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {21--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:schaa:bericht, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Bericht von der 17.~{T}agung der {TUG} -- {(Cyr)TUG} 96 in - {D}ubna}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {26--30}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:schlechte:-, - author = {Andreas Schlechte}, - title = {{\MakeIndex} -- {D}em {F}ehler auf der {S}pur}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {31--35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {{\MakeIndex}, Fehlerbericht, Index} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:neugebauer:unentdeckte, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Das unentdeckte {L}and}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {36--56}, - annote = fundus, - abstract = {In diesem Beitrag wird ein Weg beschrieben, wie man - \PS-Schriften zusammen mit \TeX{} nutzen kann. Der - Schwerpunkt liegt weniger auf der Verwendung von bekannten - Schriften wie Times oder Helvetica, sondern auf der - Einbindung von einzelnen Schriften, wie man sie auf - Public-Domain-CDs oder im Internet h{\"a}ufig findet. Dabei - werden einige Schriften auch beispielhaft vorgestellt. - Diese sind Schriften nachempfunden, die in den - Fernsehserien und Filmen um das Raumschiff Enterprise zu - sehen sind. }, - keywords = {StarTrek, PostScript Fonts, Schriften, fontinst, pltotf, - tftopl, vptovf, vftovp, gpreview, t1tools, t1utils, - StarTrekTNGCrilleA, StarTrekClassicA, - StarTrekClassicMoviesA, StarTrekTNGTitleA, - TNGMonitorsPlain, klinz} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:erlmeier:bericht, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {57--58}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:braune:bericht, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {UNIX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 58, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {UNIX} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:raichle:bericht, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {G}erman-{S}tyle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {58--60}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {german-Style} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:schoppmann:bericht, - author = {Harald Schoppmann}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} - e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {60--61}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Mailbox} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:knappen:bericht, - author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {\MF}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {61--62}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Metafont} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:breitenlohner:bericht, - author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {PC}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 62, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {PC} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:schoepf:bericht, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- - {S}erver-{K}oordination}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {62--63}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Server} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:preisendanz:bericht, - author = {Christa Preisendanz}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {V}erlag und - {B}uchhandel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {63--64}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:redaktionsteam:latex-raetsel, - author = {Redaktionsteam}, - title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel: {D}ie {A}uf{\/}l{\"o}sung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {64--68}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:knappen:tafel-fett, - author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, - title = {Tafel-{F}ett, {H}eft 2/96}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = 69, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.3:wilhelms:etwas, - author = {Gerhard Wilhelms}, - title = {Eine etwas andere {B}uchrezension}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1996, - volume = {3/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 3, - month = dec, - pages = {70--75}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {PostScript, Acrobat, PDF, Rezension} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {4--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:knappen:ankuendigung, - author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, - title = {Ank{\"u}ndigung: {D}ie ec-{S}chriten 1.0 sind da!}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {8--9}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Fonts (EC), Cork, textcomp, T1-encoding, EC-Fonts} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:schlechte:theoremverzeichnisse, - author = {Andreas Schlechte}, - title = {Theoremverzeichnisse automatisch erstellen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {9--16}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {In diesem Artikel m{\"o}chte ich ein erweitertes - Theorem-Paket vorstellen, das dem Anwender die - M{\"o}glichkeit gibt, leicht und flexibel - Theoremverzeichnisse zu erstellen. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden - weitere hilfreiche Funktionen vorgestellt.}, - keywords = {Theoremverzeichnis, Verzeichnis} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:breger:erfahrungen, - author = {Herbert Breger}, - title = {Erfahrungen bei der {A}nwendung von plain-{\TeX} und - {E}dmac auf die {L}eibniz-{E}dition}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {16--22}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Edmac, plain-{\TeX}, Leibniz} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:neubauer:feinheiten, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- - {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {I}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {23-40}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Abk{\"u}rzungen, Akronyme, Einheiten, - Himmelsrichtungen, Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen, Satzzeichen, - Auslassungen, Sonderzeichen, email-Adressen, Ligaturen} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:neugebauer:genealogisches, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Genealogisches}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {41--53}, - annote = fundus, - abstract = {Manchmal braucht man ein spezielles Zeichen. Wenn man - nicht sofort wei{\ss}, wie man das Zeichen bekommt, mu{\ss} - man sich auf die Suche danach machen. Dieser Beitrag - beschreibt eine solche Suche nach genealogischen Zeichen.}, - keywords = {Genealogische Zeichen, Fonts, textcomp, msam, \AMS-Fonts, - msbm, Waldis Symbol Font, wasy, St Mary's Road, bbding, - Zapf-Dingbats} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:schoepf:seitenumbrueche, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Seitenumbr{\"u}che in {L}isten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {54--55}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {Seitenumbruch, Listen} -} - -@Article{ dtk96.4:mischke:tex-umgebung, - author = {Peter Mischke}, - title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS}/2}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {4/96}, - altvolume = 8, - altnumber = 4, - month = feb, - pages = {56--59}, - annote = beiprogramm, - abstract = {}, - keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Editor} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {{E}ditorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 3, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {4--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:just:protokoll, - author = {Ehrenfried Just}, - title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {7--18}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:neubauer:software, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - iptvloume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {19--20}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Software, Verteilung} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:schroeder:dante97, - author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {{DANTE}'97 in {M}{\"u}nchen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {21--24}, - annote = theatertage, - keywords = {Tagungsbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:neubauer:feinheiten, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- - {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {25--44}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Zahlen, Ziffern, Nummern, Striche, - Klammern, geschachtelte Klammern, Wortzwischenr{\"a}ume, - Abst{\"a}nde, mathematischer Satz, Worttennungen, - Zeilenumbruch} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:raichle:abkuerzungspunkt, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Abk{\"u}rzungspunkt am {S}atzende}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 45, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {\verb|xpoint.sty|, Macros, Satzzeichen} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:gloetzel:database-publishing, - author = {Dieter Gl{\"o}tzel}, - title = {Database-{P}ublishing mit {O}beron und {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {46--54}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Oberon, objektorientierte Programmiersprache, - Postleitzahlenbuch}, - abstract = {Im Rahmen eines Kundenprojektes wurde mit Hilfe von - \LaTeX{} ein Nachschlagewerk aus einer Datenbank erzeugt. - Das Programm zur Generierung des \LaTeX{}-Codes wurde als - Prototyp auf einem PC in \emph{Oberon}, der neuen - Programmiersprache von Nikolaus Wirth, entwickelt. - Au{\ss}er einer Beschreibung der Auf{\/}gabe wird ein - kurzer {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber Sprache und Betriebssystem - \emph{Oberon}, {\"u}ber die Z{\"u}richer Implementierung - sowie {\"u}ber Bezugsquellen im Internet gegeben. Der - Artikel schlie{\ss}t mit einem Pl{\"a}doyer f{\"u}r den - kommerziellen Einsatz von Freeware-Tools.} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:erlmeier:bericht, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 55, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, - author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}tari}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 55, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Atari} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:raichle:bericht, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}, - {\NTS} und {G}erman-{S}tyle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {56--58}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {e-\TeX, german-Style, NTS} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}acintosh}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {58--59}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Macintosh} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:schoppmann:bericht, - author = {Harald Schoppmann}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} - e.V.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {59--61}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Mailbox} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:koch:bericht, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {OS/2}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 61, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {OS/2} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:gloeckner:bericht, - author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {P}ost{S}cript}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {61--62}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {PostScript} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:schoepf:bericht, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- - {S}erver-{K}oordination}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 62, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Server} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:braune:bericht, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {U}nix}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 62, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {UNIX} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:gaertner:bericht, - author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {O}pen{VMS}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {62--63}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {OpenVMS} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:schmidt:tex-umgebung, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS/2}, {H}eft 4/96}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = 64, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, EPM\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:koch:latex-wegweiser, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Der {\LaTeX}-{W}egweiser}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {65--66}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezensionen, Grundkonzepte, \LaTeXe-Beschreibung} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.1:schlechte:texikon, - author = {Andreas Schlechte}, - title = {Das {\TeX}ikon -- {R}eferenzhandbuch f{\"u}r {\TeX} und - {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {1/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 1, - month = may, - pages = {66--68}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, Nachschlagewerk} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:dietsche:editorial, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:neubauer:software, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {5--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Software, Verteilung} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:dietsche:drucken, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Drucken wie zu {O}mas {Z}eiten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = 8, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {Leipzig, Museum, Druckerei, Druckkunst, historisch} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:neugebauer:ueberfluessiges, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {{\"U}berfl{\"u}ssiges? --- {K}lammern um {M}akroargumente}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {9--13}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Klammerungen, Makros, Argumente, Token} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:barthelmann:zaehler, - author = {Klaus Barthelmann}, - title = {Z{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {13--19}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Z{\"a}hler, Listenverarbeitung, Mouth, - Stommach, Makro}, - abstract = {Angenommen, Sie m{\"o}chten die Dokumentenklasse - \texttt{report} verwenden und ihre Fu{\ss}noten fortlaufend - durch den gesamten Text numerieren. Sie bemerken aber, - da{\ss} die Z{\"a}hlung in jedem Kapitel neu beginnt. Was - tun? Die saubere und einfache L{\"o}sung besteht darin, - \texttt{report.cls} zu kopieren, umzubenennen und die Zeile - \verb+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}+ zu streichen. - Nat{\"u}rlich k{\"o}nnen dann noch weitere Anpassungen - vorgenommen werden. Die unsaubere L{\"o}sung dagegen - erfodert, die Wirkung dieser Zeile nachtr{\"a}glich - aufzuheben. Sie greift in {\LaTeXe}-Interna ein und lehrt - uns etwas {\"u}ber Listenverarbeitung in {\TeX}.} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:schmidt:absaetze, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {Abs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {19--22}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Kennzeichnet man den Beginn eines Absatzes weder mit einem - Einzug noch mit zus{\"a}tzlichen Durchschu{\ss}, dann ist - er nicht mehr erkennbar, wenn der vorausgehende Absatz - gerade mit einer vollen Zeile endet. Es wird beschrieben, - wie {\TeX} dieses Problem selbst{\"a}ndig beheben kann und - worauf man dabei zu achten hat.}, - keywords = {Absatzformen} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:sieber:russischer, - author = {Holm Sieber}, - title = {Russischer {T}extsatz mit {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {22--31}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {\texttt{babel}, kyrillische Zeichens{\"a}tze, russische - Trenntabellen}, - abstract = {Der Satz mehrsprachiger Texte mit {\LaTeXe} ist dank dem - \glqq babel\grqq-Paket an sich kein Problem. Beim ersten - Versuch, damit einen russischen Text zu setzen, mu{\ss}te - ich allerdings feststellen, da{\ss} meine - {\TeX}-Distribution (te{\TeX}) daf{\"u}r nicht vorbereitet - gewesen ist. Ich habe daraufhin die fehlenden Teile - installiert. Hier beschreibe ich die einzelnen Schritte - dieser Installation, die Nutzung f{\"u}r das Schreiben - russischer Texte und die in diesem Proze{\ss} gewonnen Erfahrungen.} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:molitor:aufbereitung, - author = {Ernst Molitor}, - title = {Aufbereitung der {E}rgebnisse von {L}iteratur-{R}echerchen - f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} und {\BibTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {31--36}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Die inzwischen vielerorts zug\"anglichen - Literaturdatenbanken erleichtern die Suche nach Literatur - zu einem bestimmten Thema ganz erheblich. Die Umwandlung - des Ausgabeformats solcher Datenbanksysteme nach {\LaTeX} - und {\BibTeX} ist ohne geeignete Werkzeuge allerdings - m\"uhsam. In diesem Artikel m\"ochte ich ein kleines - Programm beschreiben, das eine solche Umwandlung eines - bestimmten Literaturdatenbank-Ausgabeformates - bewerkstelligt. Das Programm ist unter Einsatz von - {\textit{flex}} geschrieben und baut auf der - \textit{standard template library} auf.}, - keywords = {Literaturrecherche, Datenbank, Umwandlung, Konverter, - \BibTeX, medline, litlex} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:niepraschk:psfrag-paket, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Das {PSfrag}-{P}aket}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {36--39}, - annote = fundus, - abstract = {Im folgenden Artikel wird das {\LaTeX}-Paket - {\textsf{PSfrag}} vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel - gezeigt, wie damit Textbestandteile von - \texttt{eps-}Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich ver{\"a}ndert werden - k{\"o}nnen.} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:latex-raetsel, - title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = 40, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:decker:protokoll, - author = {Herbert F. Decker}, - title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung, {H}eft 1/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {41--42}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Mitgliederschwund, Gegenma{\ss}nahmen} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:willadt:mikrotypographie-regeln, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Mikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}, {H}eft 1/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {43}, - note = {mit Antwort von Marion Neubauer}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, DIN-Vorschrift Datum, neue Rechtschreibung} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.2:dietsche:lesetypographie, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {Lesetypographie}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {2/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 2, - month = jul, - pages = {44--45}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension, weiterf{\"u}hrendes Handbuch, Typograhie - allgemein} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:raichle:editorial, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {3--4}, - annote = editorial -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {5--8}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht 1995}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {9--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Kassenbericht} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:schmidt:tex-kompatible, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {{\TeX}-kompatible {R}echtschreibpr{\"u}fung f{\"u}r den - {E}ditor {EPM} unter {OS/2} {W}arp}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {11--13}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung}, - abstract = {Der sogenannte \glqq erweiterte Editor\grqq{} des - Betriebssystems OS/2 l{\"a}{\ss}t sich als komfortable - Umgebung f{\"u}r \TeX{} und \LaTeX{} einrichten. Der - Artikel beschreibt, wie man ihn um eine \TeX-kompatible - Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung erg{\"a}nzt, die sowohl Deutsch als - auch Englisch und zahlreiche weitere Sprachen unterst{\"u}tzt.} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:gercke:texword, - author = {Martin Gercke}, - title = {{\TeX}{W}ord f{\"u}r {W}indows}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {13--15}, - annote = beiprogramm -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:schlechte:raechtschraibrehform, - author = {Andreas Schlechte}, - title = {{D}ie neue {R}{\"a}chtschraibrehform}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {15--22}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Rechtschreibreform, Silbentrennung, german-Paket}, - abstract = {Zur Zeit vergeht kaum ein Monat, in dem nicht wieder eine - neue Diskussion zur neuen Rechtschreibreform aufgeworfen - wird. Viele Menschen werden durch {\"u}berzogene Beispiele - und Gegendarstellungen verunsichert. In diesem Artikel - werde ich die wesentlichen {\"A}nderungen aufzeigen, eine - -- mit meiner pers{\"o}nlichen Meinung unterlegte -- - Bewertung versuchen und ein wenig auf die Umstellung - f{\"u}r \TeX-Anwender eingehen.} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:raichle:texikon, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {{D}as {\TeX}ikon, {H}eft 1/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {23--24}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {\TeX{}ikon} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:latex-raetsel, - title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel, {H}eft 2/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = 25, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:neugebauer:vor, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {{V}or {G}ebrauch sch{\"u}tteln}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {26--36}, - annote = fundus, - keywords = {Metafont, Outline-Fonts, outline}, - abstract = {\glqq Outline\grqq-Schriften sind im \TeX-Umfeld nicht - sehr verbreitet. Trotzdem kann die Besch{\"a}ftigung mit - der Erzeugung solcher Schriften einige Einsichten in die - Arbeitsweise von {\MF} vermitteln. In diesem Beitrag wird - nicht nur die Arbeitsweise einer Outline-Routine in {\MF} - erl{\"a}utert und vorbereitete Outline-Schriften - vorgestellt, sondern auch gezeigt, wie man zu beliebigen - {\MF}-Schriften eine Outline-Variante erstellen und nutzen kann. } -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:boeke:absaetze, - author = {Henning B{\"o}ke}, - title = {{A}bs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders, {H}eft 2/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {37--40}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:schmidt:antwort, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {{A}ntwort auf den {L}eserbrief von {H}enning {B}{\"o}ke}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = 40, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:hirsch:leserbrief, - author = {Andreas Hirsch}, - title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft - 2/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = 41, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:gierhardt:leserbrief, - author = {Horst Gierhardt}, - title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft - 2/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {42--44}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:niepraschk:zaehler, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {{Z}{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen, {H}eft 2/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = 44, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {\verb|removefr|, \verb|remreset|, Z{\"a}hler} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:schoebel:ich, - author = {Wolfgang Sch{\"o}bel}, - title = {{I}ch h{\"a}tt' da mal 'ne {F}rage}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - volume = {3/97}, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - month = oct, - pages = {45--46}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.3:neubauer:aeltere, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {{\"A}ltere {A}usgaben von {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}chern bei {DANTE} - {e.V.}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1997, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/97}, - month = oct, - pages = {48--50}, - annote = theaterkasse -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {3--4}, - annote = editorial -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:lammarsch:grusswort, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {5--12}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:lammarsch:fonds, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {{F}onds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = 12, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:neubauer:belichtungsservice, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Belichtungsservice}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {12--14}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:hafner:protokoll, - author = {Thomas Hafner}, - title = {Protokoll der Sitzung AK Weiterentwicklung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {15--16}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:braune:protokoll, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} - {S}oftware-{D}istribution}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {17--18}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:muench:protokoll, - author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch}, - title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} - {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {18--24}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:erlmeier:bericht, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, - author = {Markus Erlmeier}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {24}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Amiga} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:meyer-lerbs:bericht, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosch - {A}bschlu{\ss}bericht}, - author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {24--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Macintosh} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:knappen:bericht, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, - author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {25--26}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Metafont} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:schoepf:bericht, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- - {S}erver-{K}oordination}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {Server} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:braune:bericht, - author = {Klaus Braune}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {U}nix}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {26--27}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {UNIX} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:gaertner:bericht, - author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner}, - title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VMS}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {27--28}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {OpenVMS} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:willadt:verflixte, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {29--39}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts}, - abstract = {Wenn eine bestehende {\TeX}-Installation auf 8-Bit-Eingabe - und 8-Bit-Zeichens{\"a}tze umgestellt wird, ergeben sich - einige neue Aspekte. Der Schwerpunkt dieses Artikels liegt - weniger bei den Details der Umstellung selbst, als vielmehr - bei den Ver{\"a}nderungen, die diese f{\"u}r die - t{\"a}gliche Arbeit mit sich bringen.} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:eckermann:texnische, - author = {Matthias Eckermann}, - title = {{\TeX}nische {Q}ualen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {40--42}, - annote = beiprogramm -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:kohm:jung, - author = {Markus Kohm}, - title = {Jung gewohnt, alt getan}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {42}, - annote = beiprogramm -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:post:erstes, - author = {Christa Post}, - title = {{"`E}rstes {A}rbeiten mit {\TeX"`} von {A}rnulf {L}iebing}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {43--44}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension}, - reference = {Arnulf Liebing: \emph{Erstes Arbeiten mit \TeX}\\ Prentice - Hall, 1996;\\ ISBN 3-8272-9521-1\\ 192 Seiten, 39,95~DM} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:vieth:schnell, - author = {Ulrik Vieth}, - title = {{"`S}chnell ans {Z}iel mit {\LaTeXe"`} von {J}{\"o}rg - {K}nappen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {44--47}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension}, - reference = {J{\"o}rg Knappen: \emph{Schnell ans Ziel mit \LaTeXe}\\ R. - Oldenbourg Verlag, M{\"u}nchen, Wien, 1997;\\ ISBN - 3-486-24199-0\\ 207 Seiten, 48,00~DM} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:schroeder:tex, - author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {{\TeX} {M}erchandising---{A}n {A}nnouncement}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {48--49}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {Merchandising} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:schmitt:dezimalkomma, - author = {Peter Schmitt}, - title = {{"`D}ezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch{"'}, {H}eft - 1/94}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {50}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, - Mathematik} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:schmitt:orale, - author = {Peter Schmitt}, - title = {{"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} {--} {T}eil {III} - ({A}ddendum){"'}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {50--53}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, - Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|} -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:diverse:offener, - author = {Diverse}, - title = {{O}ffener {B}rief an das {P}r{\"a}sidium von {DANTE} - e.{V}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {53--56}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:praesidium:schriftliche, - author = {Pr{\"a}sidium}, - title = {{S}chriftliche {A}ntwort auf den {"`O}ffenen {B}rief{"'}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {56--60}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:molitor:brief, - author = {Ernst Molitor}, - title = {{B}rief an den {P}r{\"a}sidenten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {61--63}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:lammarsch:kommentar, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {{K}ommentar zum {O}ffenen {B}rief}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {63--65}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:braun:etwas, - author = {Jan Braun}, - title = {{E}in etwas anderer {W}etterbericht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {66-68}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:eckermann:ruecktritt, - author = {Matthias Eckermann}, - title = {R{\"u}cktritt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {68--69}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk97.4:neubauer:buecher, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {B{\"u}cher bei {DANTE} e.{V}.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 9, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/97}, - month = feb, - pages = {70--73}, - annote = theaterkasse -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:steinbach-werner:editorial, - author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {3--4}, - annote = editorial -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:neubauer:grusswort, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {5--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:post:protokoll, - author = {Christa Post}, - title = {Protokoll der 18.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, - {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {8--28}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:lammarsch:bar-kasse, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Die {B}ar-{K}asse -- {D}as {E}rgebnis der {R}echerche}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {29--33}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:neubauer:offnener, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Offnener {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {33--35}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:redaktionsstatut, - title = {Redaktionsstatut}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {36--39}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:hirsch.volker-eiseler:installation, - author = {Andreas Hirsch and Dominicus Heinzeller und Volker - Eiseler}, - title = {Installation eines {\TeX}-{G}esamtsystems aus {MiK\TeX}, - {G}host{V}iew und {W}in{E}dt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {40--50}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {W{\"a}hrend den Nutzern von Linux nach der Installation - des Betriebssystems auch gleich ein vollst{\"a}ndiges (und - vor allem lauff{\"a}higes) {\TeX}-Gesamtsystem zur - Verf{\"u}gung steht, m{\"u}ssen diejenigen, welche {\TeX} - auf einem PC unter Windows 95 einsetzen wollen, zuerst noch - kr{\"a}ftig Hand anlegen. Der Klassiker unter den - {\TeX}-Implementationen f{\"u}r PCs unter DOS ist {em\TeX}; - mit zunehmender Verbreitung von Windows 95 (und damit dem - oberfl{\"a}chlichen Abschied von DOS) ist die Arbeit damit - nicht mehr optimal.}, - keywords = {Windows, Installation, MiK\TeX, GhostView, WinEdt} -} - -Article{ dtk98.1:baumert:katzenbeisser, - author = {Uwe Baumert}, - title = {Katzenbeisser, {"`V}on der {I}dee zum {D}okument -- - {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX"'}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {53--55}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension}, - reference = {Stefan Katzenbeisser: \emph{Von der Idee zum Dokument -- - Eine Einf{\"u}hrung in \TeX\ und \LaTeX}\\ - R. Oldenbourg Verlag, M{\"u}nchen, 2. Auflage 1997;\\ - ISBN 3-486-24182-6\\ - 230 Seiten, 69,00~DM} -} -@Article{ dtk98.1:oberdiek:leserbrief, - author = {Heiko Oberdiek}, - title = {Zum {L}eserbrief {"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX}"', - {H}eft 4/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {56}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:niepraschk:verflixte, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it, {H}eft 4/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {56--57}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, 8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), - EC-Fonts} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:koen:raechtschraibrehform, - author = {Wilhelm H. Koen}, - title = {R{\"a}chtschraibrehform, {H}eft 3/97}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {57--58}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, Rechtschreibreform} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:fismer:tex, - author = {Gregor Fismer}, - title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r alle}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {58--59}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.1:lang:liebe, - author = {Christian B. Lang}, - title = {Liebe {\TeX}nische {F}reunde}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 1, - volume = {1/98}, - month = may, - pages = {59}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:steinbach-werner:editorial, - author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {3--4}, - annote = editorial -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:neubauer:grusswort, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {5--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht 1996}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {10--11}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:bericht, - title = {Bericht des {W}irtschaftpr{\"u}fers}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {12--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:willadt:ergaenzungsvorschlag, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Erg{\"a}nzungsvorschlag zum {R}edaktionsstatut}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {25}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:taylor:-tex, - author = {Philip Taylor}, - title = {{$\varepsilon$-\TeX} {V}ersion 2: {V}erf{\"u}gbar auf der - {CD-ROM} "`{\TeX} {L}ive"'!}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {26--35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {$\varepsilon$-\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:schmidt:tex, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {{\TeX} und die neue deutsche {R}echtschreibung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {35--37}, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Die neuen Schreibregeln f{\"u}r die deutsche Sprache - machen {\"A}nderungen an Silbentrennmustern und an - Makropaketen erforderlich. In Zukunft mu{\ss} sowohl die - traditionelle als auch die neue Rechtschreibung - unterst{\"u}tzt werden, Dieser Aufsatz beschreibt die - entsprechenden Neuerungen.}, - keywords = {Rechtschreibung, Silbentrennung, german-Style} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:heyl:morse, - author = {Udo Heyl}, - title = {Morse -- {Z}eichensatz der telegraphischen {S}ignale}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {38--42}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Morsezeichen, Fonts, Telegraphie} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:willadt:tabellen, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Tabellen importieren}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {42--45}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Tabellen} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:schmitt:tex-raetsel, - author = {Peter Schmitt}, - title = {Ein {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {46--48}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {R{\"a}tsel, Klammern} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:vieth:latex, - author = {Ulrik Vieth}, - title = {"`{T}he {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {C}ompanion"' von {G}oosens et - al.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {49--52}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension}, - reference = {M. Goosens, F. Mittelbach, S. Rahtz: \emph{The \LaTeX\ - Graphics Companion -- Illustrating Documents with \TeX\ and - PostScript}\\ Addison Wesley Longman 1997;\\ ISBN - 0-201-85469-4\\ 580 Seiten, \$\,39,95} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:willadt:tex, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {{\TeX} entfesselt -- "`{\TeX} unbound"' von {A}lan - {H}oenig}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {52--53}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension}, - reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- \LaTeX\ \& \TeX - Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford - University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: - 0-19-509686-X (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 - Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:kohm:es, - author = {Markus Kohm}, - title = {Es ist nicht alles {G}old, was gl{\"a}nzt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {54--59}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:schaeffler:auseinandersetzungen, - author = {Markus Sch{\"a}ffler}, - title = {Auseinandersetzungen beenden}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {59--60}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.2:schoepf:antwort, - author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, - title = {Antwort auf den offenen {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 2, - volume = {2/98}, - month = sep, - pages = {60--63}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:steinbach-werner:editorial, - author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {3--4}, - annote = editorial -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:neubauer:grusswort, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {5--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:sowa:kassenbericht, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {Kassenbericht 1997}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {8--9}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:willadt:skalierbare, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Skalierbare {S}chriften}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {10--19}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, skalieren, PostScript, TrueType, - PSNFSS} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:greschner:wege, - author = {Georg S. Greschner}, - title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {19--30}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {WYSIWYG, Windows, OLE, WinWord} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:willadt:tex, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {{\TeX} im {I}nternet -- {T}ips f{\"u}r den {E}instieg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {30--34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {Internet, WWW, FTP, E-Mail} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:skoupy:new, - author = {Karel Skoup\'y}, - title = {{\NTS}: {N}ew {T}ypesetting {S}ystem -- ein neues - {S}atzsystem}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {35--45}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {NTS} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:sowa:tex, - author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, - title = {{\TeX} {N}orth{E}ast}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {46--47}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {TUG} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:lammarsch:erlebnisse, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, - title = {Erlebnisse einer {P}olenreise}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {47--50}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {Euro\TeX} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:kinch:microsoft, - author = {Richard Kinch}, - title = {Microsoft kauft {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {51--53}, - annote = beiprogramm, - abstract = {Dieser Artikel sollte eigentlich in der April-Ausgabe von - "`Die {\TeX} nische Kom{\"o}die"' erscheinen, genauer am 1. - April des Jahres. Die Redaktion m{\"o}chte den Lesern - diesen Artikel nicht vorenthalten, wenn er auch - jahreszeitlich etwas versp{\"a}tet erscheint. Autor ist - Richard Kinch, der die kommerzielle {\TeX}-Version - TRUE{\TeX} vertreibt. Auf eine {\"U}bersetzung wurde - bewu{\ss}t verzichtet, da der Stil so typisch f{\"u}r - amerikanische "`Nachrichten"' ist.} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:vieth:tex, - author = {Ulrik Vieth}, - title = {"`{\TeX} {U}nbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {54--57}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {Rezension}, - reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- \LaTeX\ \& \TeX\ - Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford - University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: - 0-19-509686-X (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 - Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:meier:zukuenftigen, - author = {Frank Meier}, - title = {Zum zuk{\"u}nftigen {N}amen des {CTAN}-{S}ervers}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {58--59}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief, CTAN} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.3:lanfermann:resuemee, - author = {Dr. Klaus Lanfermann}, - title = {Res{\"u}m{\'e}e eines {M}itglieds}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 3, - volume = {3/98}, - month = oct, - pages = {59--61}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {Leserbrief} -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - altvolume = 10, - altnumber = 4, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:partosch:protokoll, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Protokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE - e.\,V.}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {5--18}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:neubauer:nachtrag, - author = {Marion Neubauer}, - title = {Nachtrag zum {P}rotokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliderversammlung - von {DANTE e.\,V.}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {18--19}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt$^\mathrm{TM}$}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {20--21}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:seitz:eindruecke, - author = {Peter Seitz}, - title = {Eindr{\"u}cke vom {H}erbst in {E}ichst{\"a}tt}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {22--24}, - annote = theatertage -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:reichert:einheit-liches, - author = {Axel Reichert}, - title = {Einheit-liches}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {25--28}, - annote = bretter -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:fischer:schnittstelle, - author = {Ulrike Fischer}, - title = {Eine {S}chnittstelle zwischen {D}atenbanken und {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {28--33}, - annote = bretter -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:baumert:mit, - author = {Uwe Baumert}, - title = {"`Mit {\LaTeXe} wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten erstellen"' - von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther {(Hg.)}/{T}horsten {Z}ilm}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {34--37}, - annote = rezension -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:schroeder:latex, - author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {"`{\LaTeX}: kurz \& gut"' von {M}atthias {K}alle - {D}alheimer}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {37--39}, - annote = rezension -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:lachenmayr:einfuehrung, - author = {Dr.~Georg Lachenmayr}, - title = {"`Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXe}"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {39--42}, - annote = rezension -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:kayssner:wege, - author = {Christian Kayssner}, - title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts {(II)}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {43--47}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:gloeckner:jahr, - author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, - title = {Ein {J}ahr ist vergangen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {47--48}, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk98.4:schroeder:tex-loewe, - author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {Der {\TeX}-{L}{\"o}we zum {A}nfassen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1998, - volume = {4/98}, - month = dec, - pages = {50--51}, - annote = fremdebuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - month = feb, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - month = feb, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:schaa:ergaenzung, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Erg{\"a}nzung zum {L}izenzabkommen f{\"u}r - {WinEdt\(^\mathrm{TM}\)}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = {5--6}, - month = feb, - annote = hinterbuehne -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:kohm:verkleinerte, - author = {Markus Kohm}, - title = {Verkleinerte und vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Ausgaben mit {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = {7--26}, - month = feb, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Eine immer wiederkehrende Frage zu \LaTeX\ betrifft die - korrekte Vorgehensweise zur Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erung oder - Verkleinerung von Dokumenten. Da diese Frage - unterschiedlich motiviert sein kann und der Fragesteller - sich oftmals {\"u}ber seine Motive nicht vollst{\"a}ndig - klar ist, f{\"a}llt es den Experten h{\"a}ufig nicht - leicht, die Frage in der Hinsicht korrekt zu beantworten, - da{\ss} der tats{\"a}chlich gew{\"u}nschte Effekt erzielt - wird. - - Im nachfolgenden Artikel werden deshalb ausgehend von einem - h{\"a}ufig anzutreffenden Fallbeispiel verschiedene - M{\"o}glichkeiten vorgestellt und gegeneinander abgewogen. - Aufmerksame Leser der deutschsprachigen DE-\TeX-/DANTE-FAQ - wird es nicht verwundern, zumindest eine der hier - empfohlenen L{\"o}sungen dort auch in Kurzform wiederzufinden.} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:niepraschk:ueberschreiben, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {{\"U}berschreiben erlaubt -- das \texttt{overpic}-{P}aket}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = {27--29}, - month = feb, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Im folgenden Beispiel wird das \LaTeX-Paket - \texttt{overpic} vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, - wie damit EPS-Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich durch - \LaTeX-Anweisungen erg{\"a}nzt werden k{\"o}nnen.} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:geisse:anpassungen, - author = {Armin Geisse}, - title = {Anpassungen von {DviWin~2.9} an {Web2c} f{\"u}r {WIN32}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = {30--33}, - month = feb, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Dieser Artikel beschreibt eine m{\"o}gliche Anpassung von - DviWin~2.9 an die Web2c-Implementierung f{\"u}r WIN32. Die - Schwerpunkte liegen dabei auf der Nutzung mehrerer - Druckerauf"|l{\"o}sungen sowie auf der Beschr{\"a}nkung der - Font-Verzeichnisse.} -} - -" -@Article{ dtk99.1:willadt:rohdaten, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Rohdaten einlesen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = {33--36}, - month = feb, - annote = bretter, - abstract = {Die Bearbeitung von Daten, die von anderen Programmen - erzeugt wurden, f{\"a}llt am leichtesten, wenn beim - Datenexport Markup eingef{\"u}gt werden kann, das \TeX\ - versteht. In diesem Artikel soll gezeigt werden, wie auch - Daten, die kein Markup enthalten, jedoch in einem genau - festgelegten Format vorliegen, von \TeX\ bearbeitet werden - k{\"o}nnen.} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:raichle:vertikal, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Vertikal zentrierte {S}eiten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = {37--39}, - month = feb, - annote = schonimmer -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:neugebauer:latex-tips, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {"`{\LaTeX}-{T}ips"' von {J.~Kenneth~Shultis}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = {40--42}, - month = feb, - annote = rezension -} - -@Article{ dtk99.1:greschner:addendum, - author = {Dr. Georg S. Greschner}, - title = {Addendum}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {1/99}, - pages = 43, - month = feb, - annote = leserbrief -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {4}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:partosch:protokoll, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Protokoll der 20.~Mitgliederversammlung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {5--16}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:lammarsch.taylor.ea:bericht, - author = {Joachim Lammarsch and Philip Taylor and Ji{\v{r}}\'{\i} - Zlatu{\v{s}}ka}, - title = {Bericht der Evaluation des \NTS-Projekts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {16--19}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:liebing:satzungsaenderung, - author = {Arnulf Liebing}, - title = {Satzungs{\"a}nderung -- Mitteilung des Satzungsauschusses}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {19--21}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:marquardt:dante99, - author = {Colin Marquardt}, - title = {Die DANTE'99}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {22-24}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:schmidt:euro-symbol, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {Das Euro-Symbol f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {25--30}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {F{\"u}r die W{\"a}hrungseinheit Euro wurde ein eigenes - Symbol definiert. Der Aufsatz beschreibt verschiedene - Zeichens{\"a}tze und Makropakete, die Euro-Zeichen f{\"u}r - die Verwendung mit {\LaTeX} bereitstellen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:mueller:mit, - author = {Ralf M{\"u}ller}, - title = {Mit {\LaTeX} bequem Briefe schreiben}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {30--35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Das Schreiben von Briefen, insbesondere Serienbriefen, ist - in {\LaTeX} nicht sehr komfortabel. Daher benutzen viele - f{\"u}r diese Anwendungen gro{\ss}e WYSIWYG-Programme. - - Der Artikel stellt eine graphische Benutzeroberfl{\"a}che - vor, mit deren Hilfe das Schreiben von Briefen und - Serienbriefen extrem vereinfacht wird. Die Bedienung sowie - die Funktionsweise des Programmes \emph{tk\_Brief} wird - dabei erl{\"a}utert. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:liebing:serienbriefe, - author = {Arnulf Liebing}, - title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {35--38}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:fischer:serienbriefe, - author = {Ulrike Fischer}, - title = {Serienbriefe}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {38--44}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Serienbriefe erm{\"o}glichen eine pers{\"o}nliche - Ansprache des Empf{\"a}ngers -- besonders dann, wenn nicht - nur das Adre{\ss}feld individuellen Text enth{\"a}lt. Die - in diesem Artikel vorgestellten Beispiele kn{\"u}pfen an - eine bereits in "`\DTK"' vorgestellte Methode des - Datenbank-Imports an. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:splett:interlinearuebersetzung, - author = {Siegfried Splett}, - title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung -- Wer wei{\ss} Rat?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {44--46}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Gesucht wird ein Verfahren, mit dem zweisprachige Texte - gesetzt werden k{\"o}nnen. In einer {\em - Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung} steht unter den Satzteilen der - Quelle die {\"U}bertragung, m{\"o}glichst Wort f{\"u}r - Wort, in die Zielsprache. - - Es gibt ein umfangreiches Vorbild: Das Neue Testament - $\cdot$ \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung - Griechisch-Deutsch}, das in dieser Technik gesetzt ist. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:reincke:typographie, - author = {Torsten Reincke}, - title = {"` Typographie -- wann wer wie"' von Friedrich Friedl, - Nicolaus Ott und Bernard Stein}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {47--49}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Wer sich f{\"u}r Typographie und insbesondere das Schaffen - von Typographen, Schriftschneidern, Grafik-Designern und - anderen K{\"u}nstlern interessiert, findet in diesem - Nachschlagewerk eine reichhaltige Auswahl des - Schriftschaffens mit {\"u}ber 2000 Abbildungen. Von der - Titelseite bis zum Logo und Plakat ist dieses Buch ein - Abbild typographischer Kultur durch die Jahrhunderte bis in - unsere Zeit und wird mit einem Geschichtsteil und einem - kurzen Abschnitt zu den Schriftwerkzeugen abgerundet. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.2:project:mehr, - author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project}, - title = {Mehr vom {\TeX}-L{\"o}wen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {2/99}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 11, - month = may, - pages = {50--51}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:schaa:4alltex-cd-rom, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {4all{\TeX}-CD-ROM bei \dante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:hagen:project, - author = {Hans Hagen}, - title = {The \NTS{} project (p)reviewed}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {6--13}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:bexten.hiltner:latex, - author = {Erdmuthe Meyer zu Bexten and Jens Hiltner}, - title = {{\LaTeX}: Das ideale Satzsystem f{\"u}r blinde Studierende - in naturwissenschaftlichen Disziplinen?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {14--26}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:creutzig:interlinearuebersetzung, - author = {Christopher Creutzig}, - title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: eine M{\"o}glichkeit}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {27--29}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In \emph{\DTK\,2/1999} stellte Siegfried Splett das - Problem, eine einfach zu verwendende Umgebung f{\"u}r - \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzungen} zu programmieren. Mit - einer kleinen Einschr{\"a}nkung stellt dieser Artikel das - Gew{\"u}nschte zur Verf{\"u}gung. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:lagally:interlinearuebersetzung, - author = {Klaus Lagally}, - title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: ein Vorschlag}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {30--33}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In Heft 2/1999 von \emph{\DTK} fragt Siegfried Splett nach - einer bequemen M{\"o}glichkeit, in zweisprachigen Texten - Satzteile einander zuzuordnen und jeweils zweizeilig - untereinander abzusetzen. Hier ist ein L{\"o}sungsvorschlag. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:schmitt:interlinear-versionen, - author = {Peter Schmitt}, - title = {Interlinear-Versionen: ein Vorschlag}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {34--41}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:willadt:tex, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r Serient{\"a}ter}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {41--50}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Dieser Artikel erl{\"a}utert zuerst Anforderungen, die die - Post an Serienbriefe stellt, anschlie{\ss}end werden - Hinweise zur Optimierung der Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit - seitens {\TeX} und des Druckers gegeben. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:wilhelms:4alltex-preview, - author = {Gerhard Wilhelms}, - title = {4all{\TeX}-Preview -- {\TeX}\ f{\"u}r alle?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {51--56}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {4all{\TeX} 5.0 ist eine {\TeX}-Umgebung f{\"u}r Windows. - Diesem Bericht liegt eine Vorab-Version zugrunde. Kleine - Unzul{\"a}nglichkeiten dieser Version wurden umgehend vom - Autorenteam Erik Frambach/Wietse Dol abgestellt. Der - Bericht soll als Entscheidungshilfe dienen, ob 4all{\TeX} - als Alternative f{\"u}r das eigene System in Frage kommen - kann. Ein erweiterter Praxistest der endg{\"u}ltigen - Version von 4all{\TeX} folgt in der n{\"a}chsten Ausgabe - von "`\DTK"'. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:hoeppner:erratum, - author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, - title = {Erratum f{\"u}r die CTAN-CD-ROM von \dante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {57--58}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:teilnahme:eurotex99, - author = {Einladung zur Teilnahme}, - title = {Euro{\TeX}'99 -- XI. Europ{\"a}ische {\TeX}-Konferenz}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {61--63}, - annote = {Spielplan}, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.3:braun:tex-tagung, - author = {Jan Braun}, - title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld --- - Ank{\"u}ndigung und Call for Papers}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {3/99}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 11, - month = aug, - pages = {64--65}, - annote = {Spielplan}, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:partosch:beschluesse, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 21.~Mitgliederversammlung von - DANTE~e.V. am 19.~September 1999 in Heidelberg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {5--11}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:partosch:beraterkreis, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Beraterkreis, ein vorl{\"a}ufiges und vorsichtiges - Res{\"u}mee}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {11--12}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:detig.schaa:kassenpruefung, - author = {Christine Detig and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Kassenpr{\"u}fung 1998}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {12--18}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {18--19}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {WinEdt} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:schaa:altlasten, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Altlasten -- Disketten und CD-ROMs}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {19--20}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:szillat:finanzbericht, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {Finanzbericht~1998, Mitgliederversammlung 19.~September - 1999}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {20--24}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:muench.schaa:20, - author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {20.~TUG-Konferenz, Vancouver/BC, Kanada}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {25--33}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:neugebauer:spaetsommer, - author = {Winfried P. Neugebauer}, - title = {Sp{\"a}tsommer in Heidelberg -- Bericht {\"u}ber die - Euro{\TeX}'99}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {33--36}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:beitz:texshade-paket, - author = {Eric Beitz}, - title = {Das \texttt{texshade}-Paket: Setzen von Nukleotid- und - Protein\textsl{alignments}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {37--43}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Das \emph{naturwissenschaftliche} Satzprogramm {\TeX} hat - sich aufgrund der M{\"o}glichkeiten im Formelsatz bisher - haupts{\"a}chlich in mathematisch orientierten - Fachrichtungen etabliert. Unter Biowissenschaftlern scheint - es dagegen nicht sehr verbreitet zu sein. Doch eignet sich - {\TeX} als Makrosprache hervorragend zur Darstellung und - Schattierung von DNA- oder Proteinsequenzvergleichen, - sogenannten \emph{Alignments}. Das {\TeX}shade{}-Paket - wurde entwickelt, um bei einfachster Handhabung - Sequenzvergleiche flexibel und aussagekr{\"a}ftig zu gestalten. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:taylor:pragmatische, - author = {Philip Taylor}, - title = {Eine pragmatische Herangehensweise an den Absatzumbruch}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {43--49}, - annote = bretter, - note = {Dieser Artikel ist in TUGboat 14(1993)\#2, Juli~1993, - Seite 138--140 erschienen und wurde von Rebecca Stiels - {\"u}bersetzt.}, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:mischke:eps-grafiken, - author = {Peter Mischke}, - title = {{EPS-Grafiken}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {50--57}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {"`Sag mal, wie kann ich eigentlich Grafiken in mein - {\LaTeX}-Dokument einbinden?"' Diese Frage hat jeder - {\LaTeX}-Anwender schon einmal geh{\"o}rt. "`Gar kein - Problem! Speichere sie einfach im EPS-Format und binde sie - mit dem Befehl \verb|\includegraphics| ein"', lautet meist - die Antwort darauf. Der zweite Schritt bereitet - tats{\"a}chlich selten Probleme. Alle modernen - {\TeX}-Systeme unterst{\"u}tzen diese Methode. Au{\ss}erdem - sind gute Dokumentationen zu dem Thema vorhanden). - - Probleme treten jedoch h{\"a}ufig beim Speichern im - EPS-Format auf. Anhand von drei Beispielen aus der Praxis - soll in diesem Artikel aufgezeigt werden, wo Probleme - entstehen k{\"o}nnen und wie sie zu umgehen sind. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:mehl.schmidt:grosse, - author = {Albrecht Mehl and Walter Schmidt}, - title = {Gro\ss{}e Zeichen in {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {58--59}, - annote = schonimmer, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:neugebauer:tex-tools, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {"`{\TeX}-Tools"' von Klaus Braune}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {60--63}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {{\TeX} besteht nicht nur aus dem eigentlichen - Satzprogramm. Daneben gibt es noch eine Vielzahl von - n{\"u}tzlichen Programmen. Das hier beschriebene Buch ist - angetreten, etwas Ordnung in die Vielzahl der - Zusatzprogramme zu bringen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk99.4:braun:tex-tagung, - author = {Jan Braun}, - title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld}, - journal = dtk, - year = 1999, - volume = {4/99}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 11, - month = nov, - pages = {65}, - annote = {Spielplan}, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:partosch:beschluesse, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 22.~Mitgliederversammlung von - {\dante{}} am 11.~M{\"a}rz 2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {6--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:szillat:finanzbericht, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {Finanzbericht 1999}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {11--17}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:gloeckner.huesing:pruefung, - author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner and Johannes H{\"u}sing}, - title = {Pr{\"u}fung der Kasse f{\"u}r das Jahr 1999}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {17--24}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:partosch:vereinsinterne, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {24--26}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:partosch:beraterkreis, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Beraterkreis, ein Res{\"u}mee}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {26--27}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:schaa:lizenzabkommen, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Lizenzabkommen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {27--29}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:schaa:altlasten, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Altlasten -- Floppies und CD-ROMs}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {29--30}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:mittelbach:laudatio, - author = {Frank Mittelbach}, - title = {Laudatio auf Professor Hermann Zapf}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {31--36}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:zapf:meine, - author = {Hermann Zapf}, - title = {Meine Zusammenarbeit mit Don Knuth und meine - Schriftentw{\"u}rfe}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {37--44}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:guntermann:powerpoint, - author = {Klaus Guntermann}, - title = {PowerPoint ade?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {44--51}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {F\"ur die Erstellung von Pr\"asentationen muss man nicht - immer PowerPoint einsetzen. Im Gegenteil: wird ordentlicher - Formelsatz in einer Pr\"asentation ben\"otigt, kann man - PowerPoint in der Regel gerade \emph{nicht} verwenden. Die - hier vorgestellte Alternative, die auf pdf\LaTeX{}, einem - Postprozessor und dem Acrobat-Reader basiert, erlaubt das - schrittweise Aufbl\"attern von Pr\"asentationsseiten. Der - Postprozessor ist in Java implementiert und damit - unabh\"angig von einer bestimmten Hardware- oder - Betriebssystemplattform nutzbar. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:willadt:texin, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {{\TeX}\ in der Apotheke: ABDA-K{\"a}rtchen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {52--54}, - abstract = {{\TeX}\ eignet sich nicht nur zum Erstellen von {\em - beautifully typset documents}, sondern ebenso als Werkzeug - f{\"u}r schn{\"o}de Alltagsaufgaben. In diesem Beitrag wird - eine Einsatzm{\"o}glichkeit beschrieben, bei der der - Endanwender fast ohne Kenntnisse der {\TeX}-Makrosprache - auskommt. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:fitug-e-v-.ea:mehr, - author = {{Fitug e.V.} and others}, - title = {Mehr Rechtssicherheit bei Software-Patenten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - optkey = {}, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {55--57}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.1:tex-merchandising-project:year2000-tex-kalender, - author = {{\TeX}-Merchandising-Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {Der {\textbackslash{}year}=2000-{\TeX}-Kalender}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {1/00}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 12, - month = may, - pages = {57--58}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:dietsche:bei, - author = {Luzia Dietsche}, - title = {\dante{} bei der MNU}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {5--7}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In der Woche vor Ostern fand in Stuttgart die Tagung - MNU\,2000 des Vereins zur F{\"o}rderung des mathematischen - und naturwissenschaftlichen Unterrichts statt, bei der - einige Freiwillige mit einem Stand Werbung f{\"u}r {\TeX} - und \dante{} machten. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:thomas-koch:einladung, - author = {Thomas Koch, Thomas Feuerstack}, - title = {Einladung zur Herbstagung und 23.~Mitgliederversammlung - von \dante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {8}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:team:enters, - author = {{\NTS\ Team}}, - title = {\NTS{} Enters Alpha Test}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {9--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:niepraschk:wiege, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Von der Wiege bis zur Bahre: Formulare}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {11--14}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In dem Artikel wird anhand des {\"U}berweisungsformulars - gezeigt, wie hochwertige Grafiken mit Hilfe des Makropakets - PSTricks erzeugt werden k{\"o}nnen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:grotherr:serienbriefe, - author = {Joachim Grotherr}, - title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX} -- Ein Erfahrungsbericht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {14--16}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Serienbriefe in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren Auf\/lagen bis zu - 10\,000~St{\"u}ck bringen g{\"a}ngige Office-Pakete schnell - an ihre Leistungsgrenze. Der Einsatz von {\LaTeX} f{\"u}hrt - zu einer erheblichen Steigerung der Druckgeschwindigkeit - und er{\"o}ffnet weitere professionelle M{\"o}glichkeiten. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:willadt:arial, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Arial installieren}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {16--21}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Layout-Vorschriften erzwingen gelegentlich die Verwendung - einer nicht in einer Standard-{\TeX}-Distribution - enthaltenen Schrift. Im Folgenden wird am Beispiel - \emph{Arial} beschrieben, wie eine solche Schrift - installiert wird, wenn die ben{\"o}tigten \texttt{tfm}- und - \texttt{vf}-Dateien bereits vorliegen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:neugebauer:in, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {In Reih und Glied}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {21--34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In {\LaTeX} erh{\"a}lt man sehr viel Unterst{\"u}tzung, - wenn es um das Setzen von Tabellen geht. Trotz der - M{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\LaTeX} selbst schon mitbringt, - gibt es einige W{\"u}nsche, die erst durch Zusatzpakete - einfach zu realisieren sind. Es ist nicht immer ratsam, - alle Register zu ziehen. Auch hier bewahrheitet es sich, - dass es auf einen gezielten und {\"u}berlegten Einsatz - ankommt, wenn man ein ansprechendes und professionell - aussehendes Ergebnis erzielen will. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2::tex-raetsel, - author = {}, - title = {{\TeX}-R\"atsel}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {35}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:raichle:anlegen, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Anlegen einer Liste der Definitionen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {36--39}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:ntg-texfuture-working-group:tex, - author = {{NTG {\TeX}\ future working group}}, - title = {{\TeX} im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft - von {\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {41--57}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:willadt:robert, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Robert Bringhurst: The Elements of Typographic Style}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {58--59}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.2:schmidt:original, - author = {Walter Schmidt}, - title = {Original oder F{\"a}lschung?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {2/00}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 12, - month = jul, - pages = {60--62}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In Verbindung mit dem freien \PS-Interpreter Ghostscript - wird eine fehlerhafte Version der Schrift Helvetica - verteilt. Der Aufsatz beschreibt, wie man diese durch die - originale Adobe-Helvetica ersetzt, und wie letztere, - v{\"o}llig legal, kostenlos beschafft werden kann. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:storbeck:schoener, - author = {Sven Storbeck}, - title = {Sch{\"o}ner Lesen~--~gut lesbare und optisch ansprechende - Texte durch gute Typografie}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {6--30}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Jeder Autor eines Textes m{\"o}chte, dass dieser auch - gelesen wird. Zur Erf{\"u}llung dieses Wunsches tragen - nicht nur die stilistischen H{\"o}henfl{\"u}ge des - Verfassers bei, sondern auch das {\"a}u{\ss}ere - Erscheinungsbild des Textes. Der folgende Artikel~-- der - sich an den typografisch Unbedarften wendet~-- zeigt, wie - es dem Leser leicht gemacht werden kann, den Text zu erfassen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:willadt:zeilenabstaende, - author = {Peter Willadt}, - title = {Zeilenabst\"ande}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {31--36}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Der Zeilenabstand entscheidet mit dar\"uber, wie gut ein - Text lesbar ist. Zu kleine Zeilenabst\"ande f\"uhren dazu, - dass man die einzelnen Worte nur schwer entziffern kann; - auch das Verrutschen des Auges von einer Zeile in eine - andere wird dadurch beg\"unstigt. Zu gro\ss{}e - Zeilenabst\"ande sehen seltsam aus; statt eines - gleichm\"a\ss{}igen Grauwertes wirkt die Seite - "`gestreift"'. Mithin am schlimmsten sind ungleiche - Zeilenabst\"ande; der Leser wei{\ss} nicht, ob ein Absatz - endet oder ob es sich um ein Zufallsprodukt handelt. Im - Folgenden wird erl\"autert, wie {\TeX}\ mit Zeilenabst\"anden umgeht. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:beitz:darstellung, - author = {Eric Beitz}, - title = {Darstellung von Membranprotein-Topologien mit dem - {\TeX}topo-Paket}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {36--}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Wie zahlreiche Reaktionen auf das {\TeX}shade-Paket - f{\"u}r Nukleotid- und Pro\-teinsequenzvergleiche (DTK4/99) - zeigen, findet {\TeX} auch unter Bio\-wissen\-schaftlern - seine Anwender. Nun ist das n{\"a}chste {\TeX}-Makropaket - f{\"u}r diesen Nutzerkreis fertig gestellt. {\TeX}topo{} - verarbeitet Daten zur Topologie von Mem\-branproteinen und - stellt sie schematisch dar. Dabei arbeitet es eng mit oben - genanntem {\TeX}shade{}-Paket zusammen, um automatisierte - Schattierungen zu erm{\"o}glichen. Beide Pakete zusammen - genommen bilden den Ausgangspunkt des Bio\TeX-Projekts, das - ausgereifte {\TeX}-Makros f{\"u}r - Biochemiker/(Moleku\-lar-)Biologen zur Verf{\"u}gung - stellen will. Online-Dokumentationen und weitere - Informationen finden sich unter der URL - \texttt{http://homepages.uni-tuebingen.de/beitz}. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:lickert:latexfuer, - author = {Knut Lickert}, - title = {{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Vereinsmeier: \minutes}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {45--52}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \minutes\ k{\"o}nnen - Protokolle f{\"u}r Vereine o.\,{\"a}.\ erstellt werden. - Zusammen mit der Klasse \Lpack{scrartcl} werden einzelne - Protokolle erstellt, mit \Lpack{scrreprt}-artigen Klassen - kann eine Zusammenfassung mehrerer Protokolle erstellt - werden. - - Das Paket ist im CTAN unter - \texttt{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/} - verf{\"u}gbar. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:neugebauer:umbruch, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Umbruch in schmalen Spalten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {52--54}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:tex-raetsel, - title = {{\TeX}-R{\"atsel}: Die L\"osung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {54}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.3:reincke:digital, - author = {Torsten Reincke}, - title = {\glqq Digital Typography\grqq\ von Donald E. Knuth}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {3/00}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 12, - month = sep, - pages = {55-57}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Dieses Buch von Donald Knuth ist eine reichhaltige - Textsammlung von Artikeln und Reden, die Knuth im Laufe der - Geschichte von {\TeX}\ und \MF\ verfasst hat. Nur drei - Kapitel sind neu, die anderen sind Nachdrucke aus - verschiedensten Zeitschriften. In Knuths unvergleichlicher - Art erf{\"a}hrt der Leser viel Interessantes, aber auch - Kurioses zur digitalen Typographie seit 1977. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:partosch:protokoll, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Protokoll der 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE~e.V.} - am 7.~Oktober 2000 in Hagen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {6--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:sterzl:literarischer, - author = {Tobias Sterzl}, - title = {Ein "`literarischer"' Ergu{\ss} {\"u}ber die {\TeX}-Tagung - an der Fernuniversit{\"a}t/Gesamthochschule Hagen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {10--11}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:koch:einladung, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Einladung zur 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.V.}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {12}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:trautner:jiddisch, - author = {Martin Trautner}, - title = {Jiddisch mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {13--26}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Jiddisch, die Sprache des osteurop{\"a}ischen Judentums, - stellt besondere Anforderungen an {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}. Zum - einen m{\"u}ssen geeignete Fonts beschafft und - bereitgestellt werden. Zum anderen ist {\TeX} mit der - F{\"a}higkeit zu bidirektionalem Schriftsatz zum Schreiben - gemischter Texte von links nach rechts beziehungsweise von - rechts nach links auszustatten. Im Folgenden werden die - verschiedenen M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, jiddische Texte - mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} zu setzen. Das Ergebnis in der - gewohnt hohen Qualit{\"a}t von {\TeX} macht dieses - Satzsystem beispielsweise auch f{\"u}r den Einsatz in - wissenschaftlichen Einrichtungen interessant, die sich mit - der Erforschung jiddischer Sprache und Kultur - besch{\"a}ftigen. Bei allen {\"U}berlegungen wei{\ss} sich - der Verfasser der Idee freier Software verpflichtet. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:lemberg:thai-zeichensaetze, - author = {Werner Lemberg}, - title = {Thai-Zeichens{\"a}tze}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {26--40}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Der Artikel beschreibt das Funktionsprinzip der - thail{\"a}ndischen Schrift und die Implementation der - notwendigen Ligaturen f{\"u}r {\TeX}\ mittels - \texttt{afm2tfm}. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:niepraschk:poster, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Poster -- leicht gemacht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {40--47}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In dem Artikel wird gezeigt, wie aus einem einseitigen in - {\"u}blicher Art geschriebenen {\LaTeX}-Dokument unter - Zuhilfenahme des Programms \texttt{poster} ein Poster in - beliebiger Gr{\"o}{\ss}e hergestellt werden kann. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:lickert:blindtext, - author = {Knut Lickert}, - title = {blindtext.sty: Viel Text um Nichts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {47--50}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \texttt{blindtext.sty} - kann man schnell Text erzeugen, um Klassen und Pakete zu - testen. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter - \texttt{tex\_archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/blindtext.dtx} - verf{\"u}gbar. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:neugebauer:entstehung, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Die Entstehung der Mitgliedszeitschrift}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {50--52}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Diese Ausgabe der Mitgliederzeitschrift "`\DTK"' war nicht - ganz so einfach zu erstellen wie andere Ausgaben. Dies soll - zum Anlass genommen werden, den Entstehungsprozess zu - skizzieren. } -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:herrmann:latex, - author = {Karin Halupczok\and{} Immanuel Herrmann}, - title = {{\LaTeX} -- Das Lied}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {52}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:neitmann:texim, - author = {Elisabeth Neitmann}, - title = {"`{\TeX}\ im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur - Zukunft von {\TeX}"', Heft 3/2000}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = leserbrief, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:texmerchandising-project:year2001, - author = {{\TeX Merchandising Project}, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {Der \textbackslash{}year=2001 {\TeX} Kalender}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {55--56}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk00.4:lachenmayr:tex-tagung, - author = {Georg Lachenmayr}, - title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2001 in Rosenheim -- Einladung und - Call for Papers}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2000, - volume = {4/00}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 12, - month = nov, - pages = {58}, - annote = {Spielplan}, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:partosch:protokoll, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Protokoll der 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am - 3.~M{\"a}rz 2001 in Rosenheim}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {6--15}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:szillat:finanzbericht, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {Finanzbericht 2000}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {16--20}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:huesing.gloeckner:bericht, - author = {Johannes H{\"u}sing and J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, - title = {Bericht der Rechnungspr{\"u}fer {\"u}ber die Pr{\"u}fung - der B{\"u}cher von \dante\ im Gesch{\"a}ftsjahr 2000}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {20--22}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:szillat:beitragsordnung, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {Beitragsordnung \dante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {22--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:hoeppner:foerderung, - author = {Dr. Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, - title = {F{\"o}rderung von {\TeX}-Projekten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {26--27}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:partosch:vereinsinterne, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {27--29}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:schaa:winedt, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {{\textsf{WinEdt}} -- Zum Stand der Dinge}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {29--30}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:schaa:buchbestand, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Buchbestand bei \dante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {30--31}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:seitz:arbeitskreis, - author = {Peter Seitz}, - title = {Arbeitskreis {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {31--32}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:theofel:12, - author = {Jan Theofel}, - title = {12.\ {\TeX}-Tagung in Rosenheim -- Ein pers{\"o}nlicher - Bericht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {32--35}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:hagen:status, - author = {Hans Hagen}, - title = {The Status Quo of The NTS Project}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {36--53}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.1:niepraschk:make, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {make -- nur etwas für Profis?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {1/01}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 13, - month = apr, - pages = {54--58}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:koch:einladung, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Einladung zur 25.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {5--6}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:gohdes:latexund, - author = {Michael Gohdes}, - title = {{\LaTeX}\ und Chemie -- ein sch{\"o}nes Paar?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {7--19}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt M{\"o}glichkeiten, Texte - chemischen Inhalts mit {\LaTeX}\ zu setzen. Es wird - besonders auf die Frage eingegangen, wie chemische - Gleichungen und Strukturformeln in den Text eingebettet - werden k{\"o}nnen. Sowohl verschiedene {\LaTeX}-Pakete als - auch ein externes Programm werden vorgestellt. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:kohm:briefkoepfe, - author = {Markus Kohm}, - title = {Briefk{\"o}pfe mit \KOMAScript}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {19--40}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Wer eben mal rasch einen Brief schreiben will, st{\"o}rt - sich h{\"a}ufig daran, dass er erst eine gro{\ss}e - Pr{\"a}ambel zusammenbasteln oder seine - Standardpr{\"a}ambel aus einem alten Brief kopieren muss. - Soll dann je nach Brief eine Angabe mehr oder weniger im - Briefkopf gesetzt werden, muss man zudem jedesmal von neuem - {\"u}berlegen, wie dies oder jenes am besten erreicht wird. - Der Artikel soll zeigen, dass es auch anders geht: mit - einem Paket, das einmal alle Varianten implementiert und - durch Optionen ausw{\"a}hlbar macht. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:feuerstack:einfuehrung, - author = {Thomas Feuerstack}, - title = {Einf\"uhrung in pdf{\TeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {41--54}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Der Artikel richtet sich an Interessierte und - Neueinsteiger, die mit Hilfe von pdf{\TeX}\ m\"oglichst - schnell PDF-Dokumente erstellen wollen, ohne sich vorab - intensiv mit Hintergrundwissen auseinandersetzen zu - m\"ussen. Dar\"uberhinaus sollen beim Erzeugen von - PDF-Dokumenten h\"aufig auftretende Probleme er\"ortert - sowie L\"osungswege aufgezeigt werden -- nat\"urlich ohne - Anspruch auf Vollst\"andigkeit. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:lazrek:package, - author = {Azzeddine Lazrek}, - title = {A package for typesetting Arabic mathematical formulas}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {54--66}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { {\TeX} and its extension {\LaTeX} have been adapted to - handle passages of Arabic script. The package Arab{\TeX} - extends the capabilities of {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} to produce - documents containing passages in Arabic. A package that - extends Arab{\TeX} to typeset Arabic mathematical formulas, - with specific symbols and running from right to left, is - presented in this paper. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.2:geisse:handbook, - author = {Armin Geisse}, - title = {"`Handbook of Typography for the Mathematical Sciences"' - von Steven G. Krantz}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {2/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = jul, - pages = {67--70}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Mit seinem neuesten Buch m{\"o}chte Steven G. Krantz - Hilfestellung f{\"u}r Autoren in spe geben, die sich mit - dem Gedanken tragen, ein mathematisches Werk zu - ver{\"o}ffentlichen. In insgesamt sieben Kapiteln gibt - Krantz eine Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXTeX}, er erl{\"a}utert - den Produktionsprozess eines Buches und streift die - Grundlagen der Ver{\"o}ffentlichung im WWW. Trotz des - aktuellen Erscheinungsdatums beschreibt das Buch in - gro{\ss}en Teilen den Software-Stand vor 4--5~Jahren und - wurde nur sehr unvollst{\"a}ndig aktualisiert. Es leidet - unter vielen Wiederholungen und einer schlecht - strukturierten Aneinanderreihung der einzelnen Kapitel. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:thiel:emacs, - author = {Rainer Thiel}, - title = {Emacs, Auc{\TeX}\ und MiK{\TeX}s \textsf{Yap} unter Windows}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {6--14}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Wer die Vorteile eines Satzsystems wie {\LaTeXTeX} nutzen - will, muss auf die direkte Begutachtung seiner Arbeit auf - dem Bildschirm verzichten. M{\"o}glich ist dagegen ein - bequemer Editor-Compiler-Zyklus, der es erlaubt, vom - DVI-Viewer an die entsprechende Stelle im Quelltext zu - springen und umgekehrt. Der vorliegende Beitrag beschreibt - aus der Sicht eines mit den Interna von {\LaTeXTeX} kaum - vertrauten Anwenders, wie dies unter Windows mit - GNU-\textsf{Emacs} und MiK{\TeX} zu realisieren ist. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:lemberg:cjk-enc, - author = {Werner Lemberg}, - title = {\texttt{cjk-enc} -- eine Schnittstelle zwischen - \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {14--23}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Im dem Artikel wird das Lisp-Programm \texttt{cjkenc.el} - beschrieben, eine Schnittstelle zwischen \texttt{Emacs} und - {\LaTeX}, welche die verschiedenen Zeichens\"atze von - \texttt{Emacs} in f\"ur {\LaTeX} verst"andliche Befehle - konvertiert. Urspr"unglich f\"ur ostasiatische Sprachen - entwickelt, wurde es inzwischen um europ\"aische - Zeichens\"atze (auch Russisch und Neugriechisch) erweitert. - \texttt{cjkenc.el} ist Teil des \texttt{CJK}-Pakets. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:jackson.voss:lyx, - author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, - title = {LyX -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 1}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {24--45}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { \LyX{} als sogenanntes Frontend zu {\LaTeX}, welches - wiederum ein Frontend zu {\TeX} ist, versucht etwas zu - optimieren, was {\LaTeX} selbst gar nicht leisten will: - eine hochwertiges Satzsystem wie {\TeX} einem an - tiefsinnigen typographischen Fragen relativ - uninteressierten Benutzer zug{\"a}nglich zu machen. \LyX{} - versteht sich daher auch nicht als Textprozessor, sondern - als Dokument-Prozessor, denn es verf{\"u}gt selbst {\"u}ber - keinerlei eigene Formatierungsm{\"o}glichkeiten, die - {\"u}ber die Bildschirmdarstellung hinausgehen. - - Alle beschriebenen Eigenschaften von \LyX{} beziehen sich - auf die derzeit offizielle Version \LyX{} 1.1.6fix3. Eine - erheblich erweiterte Version 1.2 ist f{\"u}r dieses Jahr zu erwarten. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:nowacki:poligraf, - author = {Janusz Marian Nowacki}, - title = {"`Poligraf"' oder "`Zwischen {\TeX}\ und der Druckerei"' - -- der zweite Versuch}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {46--52}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { W{\"a}hrend der IV. Konferenz "`Bacho{\TeX}\,'96"' der - polnischen {\TeX}-Benutzergruppe habe ich zum ersten Mal - das Makro-Paket \textsc{Poligraf} vorgestellt. Jetzt - m{\"o}chte ich eine neue Version ver{\"o}ffentlichen, in - die R{\"u}ckmeldungen und Verbesserungsvorschl{\"a}ge - eingeflossen sind. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:creutzig:indexverzeichnisse, - author = {Christopher Creutzig}, - title = {Indexverzeichnisse mit \XINDY\ und \texttt{xindy.sty}~-- - eine Einf{\"u}hrung}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {53--60}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Indexverzeichnisse werden beim Arbeiten mit {\TeX}\ - traditionell mit makeindex gesetzt. Dieses Programm hat - leider viele Einschr{\"a}nkungen, die das Erstellen der - Indizes kompliziert xindy ist ein Programm, das einen Teil - der Einschr{\"a}nkungen umgeht. Mit \texttt{xindy.sty} gibt - es nun auch eine einigerma{\ss}en komfortable - M{\"o}glichkeit, diese Funktionen direkt aus {\LaTeX}\ - heraus zu nutzen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.3:tex-merchandising-project:year2002, - author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2002 {\TeX}-Kalender}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {3/01}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 13, - month = sep, - pages = {61--62}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:partosch:protokoll, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Protokoll der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am - 28.~September 2001 in Kerkrade}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:hoeppner:tagung, - author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, - title = {Eine Tagung zwischen den L{\"a}ndern -- Euro{\TeX}\,2001 - in Kerkrade}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:koch:einladung, - author = {Thomas Koch}, - title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2002 und - 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:raichle:llllllletzte, - author = {Bernd Raichle}, - title = {Der llllllletzte {\TeX}-Fehler?}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Karel Skoup\'y, der Implementierer von \NTS, fand am - 13.~Oktober 2000 den bislang letzten Fehler im Quellcode - von {\TeX}. Er verglich DVI-Dateien, die {\TeX} und das von - ihm in Java implementierte \NTS\ erzeugt hatten, und - wunderte sich, dass ein kleiner Unterschied auftrat: In der - von \NTS\ erzeugten DVI-Datei war genau ein Zeichen zuviel, - ein kleiner Punkt. Dieser zus{\"a}tzliche Punkt stellte - sich bei der anschlie{\ss}enden Untersuchung nicht als - Fehler von \NTS, sondern als Fehler im Quellcode von - {\TeX}, der die Anweisung \CMD{xleaders} realisiert, - heraus. Er wurde an Donald E.\ Knuth gemeldet. Da Knuth nur - in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren zeitlichen Abst{\"a}nden - Fehlermeldungen bearbeitet, steht eine Antwort noch aus. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:jackson.voss:-, - author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, - title = {\LyX{} -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 2}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Nachdem der erste Teil die prinzipiellen Eigenschaften - von \LyX{} behandelt hat, werden in diesem Teil unter - anderem die Ein-/Ausgabem{\"o}glichkeiten und einige - Beispiele angegeben. Die Kenntnis des ersten Teils ist zwar - nicht zwingende Voraussetzung f{\"u}r das Verst{\"a}ndnis - der im Folgenden behandelten M{\"o}glichkeiten im Umgang - mit \LyX, erleichtert jedoch wesentlich das Verst{\"a}ndnis. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:leibner:zur, - author = {Peter Leibner}, - title = {Zur Dokumentation mit {\LaTeX} und Co.}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Anhand dieses Beitrags soll gezeigt werden, wie aus einer - Quelldatei \PS-, PDF- und HTML-Code erzeugt werden kann. - Der Beitrag kn{\"u}pft an den Artikel von Thomas - Feuerstack, erschienen in "`\DTK"' 2/2001, an. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:kiefel:latex, - author = {Volker Kiefel}, - title = {{\LaTeX} als normales "`Schreibwerkzeug"' im Alltag}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Au{\ss}erhalb der klassischen {\TeX}-Anwendungsbereiche - spielt {\LaTeX}\ als Software zum Erstellen von Dokumenten - aller Art offensichtlich eine eher nachgeordnete Rolle. - Dabei weist {\LaTeX}\ eine Reihe von Vorz{\"u}gen auf, die - es als Alternative zu den weit verbreiteten kommerziellen - Produkten empfehlen. Unerwartete Hindernisse k{\"o}nnen - sich allerdings dann ergeben, wenn man unter {\LaTeX}\ - erstellte Manuskripte in elektronischer Form einer - Zeitschrift beispielsweise im Bereich der Biowissenschaften - "`andienen"' m{\"o}chte. F{\"u}r dieses und {\"a}hnliche - Probleme lassen sich jedoch L{\"o}sungen finden. Dieser - kurze Erfahrungsbericht ist als Anregung f{\"u}r diejenigen - gedacht, die mit {\LaTeX}\ noch keine Erfahrung gesammelt - haben und die zumindest teilweise eine Einbeziehung von - {\LaTeX}\ in die Erledigung ihrer t{\"a}glichen - Schreibarbeit erw{\"a}gen oder die gerade beginnen, - {\LaTeX}\ zu verwenden. Der erfahrene {\LaTeX}-Anwender - wird im Folgenden dagegen nicht viel Neues finden. } -} - -@Article{ dtk01.4:obermiller:latex2e, - author = {Walter Obermiller}, - title = {"`{\LaTeXe} -- Tipps \& Tricks"' von Ingo Kl{\"o}ckl}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2001, - volume = {4/01}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 13, - month = nov, - pages = {}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.1:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {1/02}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 14, - month = mar, - pages = {}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, - author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort, 2. Teil}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {1/02}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 14, - month = mar, - pages = {}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.1:beuermann:erstellung, - author = {Sascha Beuermann}, - title = {Erstellung von leistungsf{\"a}higen PDF-Dokumenten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {1/02}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 14, - month = mar, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { In diesem Artikel werden die M{\"o}glichkeiten - aufgezeigt, die die Pakete \texttt{hyperref} und - \texttt{thumbpdf} bieten, um mit Hilfe von {\LaTeX}\ - leistungsf{\"a}hige Dokumente im Portable Document Format - (PDF) zu erstellen. Dabei wird insbesondere auf das - Erzeugen von Lesezeichen (Bookmarks), auf PDF-spezifische - Anzeigeoptionen sowie auf das Anlegen von - Hypertext-Strukturen mit Hilfe des Pakets \texttt{hyperref} - und auf die Generierung der Seitenvorschau (Piktogramme - oder Thumbnails) mit dem Paket \texttt{thumbpdf} - eingegangen. Abschlie{\ss}end wird die Linearisierung und - Verschl{\"u}sselung von PDF-Dokumenten behandelt. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.1:siart:ansprechende, - author = {Uwe Siart}, - title = {Ansprechende technische Illustration mit \MP}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {1/02}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 14, - month = mar, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { \MP\ ist eine Grafik-Beschreibungssprache zur Erstellung - qualitativ hochstehender Vektorzeichnungen. Obwohl der - Compiler in praktisch allen modernen {\TeX}-Distributionen - enthalten ist, findet \MP\ noch relativ wenig Beachtung. - \MP\ ist besonders geeignet zur Erstellung von - Strichzeichnungen, wie sie in Naturwissenschaft und Technik - h{\"a}ufig auftreten. Dabei erzeugt es besonders schlanke - Bilddateien, deren Format praktisch identisch zu EPS ist. - Allerdings werden Ressourcen, die das {\TeX}-Dokument - ohnehin einbindet, einfach weggelassen. Die angef{\"u}hrten - Beispiele stammen -- wie auch der Autor -- aus dem - ingenieurwissenschaftlich-technischen Bereich. Sie sollen - einige F{\"a}higkeiten von \MP\ aufzeigen und den Leser - ermutigen, seine eigenen Anwendungsgebiete f{\"u}r \MP\ zu suchen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.1:voss:mathematischen, - author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, - title = {Die mathematischen Funktionen von Postscript}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {1/02}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 14, - month = mar, - pages = {}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { \PS, faktisch genauso alt wie {\TeX}, ist im - Verh{\"a}ltnis dazu allgemein noch weniger bekannt, wenn es - darum geht zu beurteilen, was es denn nun im eigentlichen - Sinne ist. Au{\ss}erdem wird h{\"a}ufig vergessen, dass - sich mit den \PS-Funktionen viele Dinge erledigen lassen, - bei denen sonst auf externe Programme zur{\"u}ckgegriffen - wird. Dies wird im Folgenden f{\"u}r die mathematischen - Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Paket \texttt{pst-plot} - gezeigt. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.1:lickert:latex, - author = {Knut Lickert}, - title = {"`{\LaTeX} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {1/02}, - altvolume = 1, - altnumber = 14, - month = mar, - pages = {}, - annote = rezension, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {3--4}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, - author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {5--6}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:partosch:beschluesse, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von - DANTE~e.V. am 23.~Februar 2002 in Erlangen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {7--10}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:christine-detig:bericht, - author = {Christine Detig, Johannes H{\"u}sing, Harald K{\"o}nig}, - title = {Bericht der Kassenpr{\"u}fer}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {10--13}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:szillat:finanzbericht, - author = {Horst Szillat}, - title = {Finanzbericht 2001}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {13--17}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:partosch:vereinsinterne, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {18--20}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen, - author = {Volker RW Schaa}, - title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt{}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {20--21}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:ingold:dante2002, - author = {Gert-Ludwig Ingold}, - title = {DANTE\,2002}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {21--25}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:schaa.wilhelms:einladung, - author = {Volker RW Schaa and Gerhard Wilhelms}, - title = {Einladung zur Herbsttagung und 27.~Mitgliederversammlung - von \dante}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {25--26}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:jackson.voss:plot-funktionen, - author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, - title = {Die Plot-Funktionen von {\texttt{pst-plot}}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {27--34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Im letzten Heft wurden die mathematischen Funktionen von - \PS~im Zusammenhang mit dem {\LaTeX}-Paket - \texttt{pst-plot} zum Zeichnen von Funktionen beschrieben - und durch Beispiele erl{\"a}utert. In diesem Teil werden - die bislang nur erw{\"a}hnten Plot-Funktionen f{\"u}r - externe Daten behandelt. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:niepraschk:tipps, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mehrfachverweis auf Fu{\ss}noten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {34}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:jaeger.koglin:rechtliche, - author = {Till Jaeger and Olaf Koglin}, - title = {Der rechtliche Schutz von Fonts}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {35--46}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Trotz ihrer wirtschaftlich durchaus gro{\ss}en Bedeutung - haben Computerschrifttypen, Fonts genannt, bislang in der - juristischen Lehre und Rechtsprechung keine besondere Rolle - gespielt. Dies {\"u}berrascht, da inzwischen ein - Gro{\ss}teil aller Druckerzeugnisse mit Hilfe - computerisierter Printverfahren hergestellt wird und den - Schrifttypen dabei hinsichtlich {\"A}sthetik und guter - Lesbarkeit ein wesentlicher Einfluss zukommt. F{\"u}r die - Erstellung eines qualitativ hochwertigen - Schriftzeichensatzes ist ein enormer handwerklicher, - bisweilen auch k{\"u}nstlerischer Aufwand erforderlich. - - Mit einem Urteil des LG K{\"o}ln wurde -- soweit - ersichtlich -- erstmals durch ein deutsches Gericht zur - Schutzf{\"a}higkeit von Fonts im Rahmen der - Immaterialg{\"u}terrechtsordnung Stellung genommen und - dabei nicht nur die Schutzf{\"a}higkeit auf der Grundlage - des Schriftzeichengesetzes angenommen, sondern Fonts auch - als Computer\-programme gem. \S{}~69a UrhG f{\"u}r - urheberrechtsf{\"a}hig angesehen. - - Der vorliegende Beitrag soll die unterschiedlichen - rechtlichen Schutzm{\"o}glichkeiten aufzeigen. Dabei wird - dargelegt, dass es tr{\"u}gerisch sein kann, sich auf den - urheberrechtlichen Schutz von Fonts zu verlassen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.2:neugebauer:tipps, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Tipps und Tricks: Illustrationen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} - erstellen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {2/02}, - altvolume = 2, - altnumber = 14, - month = jun, - pages = {46--48}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, - author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {4}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:weibezahn:tex-tagung, - author = {Roland Weibezahn}, - title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2003 in Bremen -- Einladung und Call - for Papers}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {5--6}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:herrmann:poster, - author = {Rudolf Herrmann}, - title = {Poster im Format DIN A0 mit {\texttt{a0poster}} und - {\texttt{textpos}}}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {7--19}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Die Entstehung eines Posters im Format DIN~A0 zur - Pr{\"a}sentation auf einer wissenschaftlichen Tagung wird - verfolgt. Es werden die {\LaTeX}-Bordmittel sowie die - Pakete \texttt{a0poster} und \texttt{textpos} eingesetzt. - Alternative Vorgehensweisen werden kurz diskutiert. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:skoupy:extending, - author = {Karel Skoup{\'y}}, - title = {Extending \NTS{} (by - {\texttt{X\kern-.14em\lower.5ex\hbox{T}\kern-.14em\raise.2ex\hbox{S}}})} - , - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {19--31}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { The article evaluates the experience gained from - extending \NTS. Two simple extensions are mentioned and a - more complicated one is studied in more detail. It involves - an abstract model of line-breaking and its application to - the \emph{paragraph-breaking into a fixed orthogonal - polygon shape}. It shows that extensions of \NTS\ are - feasible and discusses the different aspects of making - extensions and/or changes. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Tipps und Tricks: Tierkunde einmal anders}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {31--33}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:voß:gauss-sty, - author = {Herbert Voß}, - title = {{\texttt{gauss.sty}} -- Visualisierung des Gaußschen - Eliminationsverfahrens}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {34--40}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Die Zahl der vorhanden \LaTeX-Pakete ist sicherlich - endlich, wenn man auch manchmal den gegenteiligen Eindruck - hat. Neben den mehr oder weniger bekannten Paketen gibt es - eine erhebliche Anzahl, die einem großen Anwenderkreis - deswegen nicht bekannt sind, weil deren Anwendung häufig - sehr speziell ist. Dazu gehört sicherlich das Paket - \texttt{gauss}, welches nur sehr spezielle Wünsche erfüllt, - die im Folgenden an Beispielen beschrieben werden. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:benischke:hüllen, - author = {Florian Benischke}, - title = {Hüllen für Musikkassetten}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {41--43}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Mit Hilfe von \texttt{mceinleger.sty} lassen sich Hüllen - und Einleger für Musikkassetten erstellen. Dieser Artikel - soll dieses Paket vorstellen und seine Benutzung - erleichtern. Unter "`Hülle"' wird in diesem Zusammenhang - eine Einlage für Musikkassetten verstanden, die aus einer - Vorder-, Schmal- und Rückseite besteht, ein "`Einleger"' - umfasst zusätzlich noch eine einklappbare Seite, die an die - Vorderseite anschließt. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*1, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Tipps und Tricks: Fette Schreibmaschinenschrift}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {43--44}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:lickert.vieth:eurobachotex2002, - author = {Knut Lickert and Ulrik Vieth}, - title = {{EuroBacho\TeX\ 2002} in Bachotek/Polen}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {45--53}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {Vom 29.\ April bis zum 3.\ Mai 2002 fand in Bachotek die - 13.\ Euro\TeX, zugleich die 10.\ Bacho\TeX\ statt. Dieser - Bericht bietet eher einen (subjektiven) Eindruck über die - Tagung.} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*2, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Tipps und Tricks: PDF-Datei vorhanden -- Brosch{\"u}re - gew{\"u}nscht}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {53--55}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.3:sieger:tipps, - author = {Rainer Sieger}, - title = {Tipps und Tricks: Kartenerstellung mit PanMap}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {3/02}, - altvolume = 3, - altnumber = 14, - month = oct, - pages = {55--58}, - annote = beiprogramm, - keywords = {}, - abstract = {In der Zeitschrift "`\DTK"' 2/2002 erschien in der Rubrik - Tipps und Tricks ein Artikel von Gerd Neugebauer über die - Erstellung von Illustrationen für \LaTeX. Als Beispiel - wurde die Entwicklung einer Landkarte dargestellt. Mit - Hilfe des Programms PanMap kann der Teil der reinen - Kartenerstellung erheblich vereinfacht werden.} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:neugebauer:editorial, - author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, - title = {Editorial}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {3}, - annote = editorial, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:hoeppner:grusswort, - author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, - title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {4--5}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:partosch:beschluesse, - author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, - title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante} - am 5.~Oktober 2002 in Augsburg}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {6--9}, - annote = hinterbuehne, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:kastrup:latex, - author = {David Kastrup}, - title = {{\LaTeX} und WYSIWYG? -- {preview-latex} unter Emacs und - andere Ans{\"a}tze}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {10--26}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Der anweisungsbasierte Typensatz mit {\TeX}/{\LaTeX}\ hat - seine Leistungsf{\"a}higkeit und Flexibilit{\"a}t f{\"u}r - eine Vielzahl von Anwendungen wiederholt unter Beweis - gestellt. Es wird aber der Mangel an unmittelbarem - visuellen Feedback nicht nur bei Anf{\"a}ngern oft als ein - Manko bei der Dokumenterstellung und der Korrektur - empfunden. - - Es existieren mittlerweile eine Reihe von Versuchen, dieses - Problem anzugehen, angefangen bei einfachen token-basierten - Ans{\"a}tzen (Syntax Highlighting, Spezialzeichens{\"a}tze - wie mit \texttt{xsymbol}) bis hin zu kompletten - Textverarbeitungssystemen (\LyX{} und {\TeX}macs), die - {\LaTeX}\ im Wesentlichen nur als Exportsprache nutzen. - - Eine weitere Klasse von Werkzeugen konzentriert sich nicht - auf das Editieren, sondern auf schnellen Zugriff auf die - gesetzte Form, meist als seitenorientierte Vorschau in - einem separaten Fenster (whizzy\TeX, Instant~Preview). Zwar - ist die Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit dieser Varianten auf - heutigen Systemen mehr als ausreichend, dennoch bleibt das - Bed{\"u}rfnis nach einer engeren Kopplung von Quelltext und - Vorschau beim Editieren. "`Source Specials"' sind ein - Werkzeug f{\"u}r eine solche Querverbindung. Das - preview-latex-Paket des Autors stellt eine wesentlich - engere Kopplung durch die direkte Platzierung von - Vorschauelementen im Quelltext bereit. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:niepraschk:tipps, - author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, - title = {Tipps und Tricks: Immer im Rahmen bleiben}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {27--28}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {} -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:kohm:satzspiegelkonstruktionen, - author = {Markus Kohm}, - title = {Satzspiegelkonstruktionen im Vergleich}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {28--48}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { Die Konstruktion von Satzspiegeln, also die Bestimmung - des Textbereichs auf der Seite, ist eine Kunst, die seit - dem Mittelalter von Profis gepflegt wird. Im Laufe der Zeit - wurden viele unterschiedliche Verfahren ersonnen, - verworfen, vergessen, aber auch weiterentwickelt und - dokumentiert. Einige dieser Verfahren sind mit Schlagworten - belegt, die sie legend{\"a}r machen. Obwohl angeblich an - jeder Legende auch etwas Wahres ist, birgt die - Legendenbildung auch Gefahren. Es gilt daher, Legende und - Wirklichkeit miteinander zu vergleichen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:morawski:alt, - author = {Jens-Uwe Morawski}, - title = {Aus alt mach neu -- {\MP} Recycling}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {48--62}, - annote = bretter, - keywords = {}, - abstract = { \MP{} ist durch seinen vielf{\"a}ltigen Funktionsvorrat - und durch seine gute Integration in das {\TeX}-System ein - gern genutztes Werkzeug f{\"u}r ansprechende - Illustrationen. Dieser Artikel zeigt, wie mit geringem - Aufwand bereits vorhandene \MP-Arbeiten in eine neue Grafik - integriert werden k{\"o}nnen. } -} - -@Article{ dtk02.4:tex-merchandising-project:year2003, - author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, - title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2003 {\TeX} Kalender}, - journal = dtk, - year = 2002, - volume = {4/02}, - altvolume = 4, - altnumber = 14, - month = dec, - pages = {63--64}, - annote = fremdebuehne, - keywords = {} -} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/ReadMe b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/README index 84e4b3bef63..5ca6ba3e1c6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/ReadMe +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/README @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ dtk: A Document Class and Style for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie'' + the journal of the german speaking TeX users group - written by + original written by Gerd Neugebauer gene@gerd-neugebauer.de @@ -25,8 +26,6 @@ dtk.ins dtk.bst This is the BibTeX style file to be used for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. -Makefile - For those who are willing to take the risk:-) ReadMe This file. beipiel.tex @@ -81,39 +80,4 @@ INSTALLATION short description and a sample in German. -CHANGES -------- - -Version 1.8 - Modifications for 2002: - Bibliography typeset raggedright. - -Version 1.7 - Modifications for 2001 - -Version 1.4 - Major changes to integrate all enhancements and patches since - the previous release. - Logos \NTS and \eTeX added. - New page dimensions. - dtklogos.sty as separate package. - dtk-pdf.sty and dtk.ist integrated. - -Version 1.3 - Old layout variants moved to class option files. - Logos emTeX and PubliCTeX. - \part* acts like \part but appears like \chapter in the toc. - \RequiresPackage added to specify the needs of an article. - -Version 1.2 - Logos for TeXXeT and TeXeT added. - \bibliographystyle{dtk} forced. - -Version 1.1 - The bst file had a minor problem with pages which has been - fixed. - Titles are now typeset raggedright. This is only relevant for - long titles. Those can be broken manually with \\. For this - purpose \\ is ignored in the headline and the table of - contents. - +y
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.dvi Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 87c911a2bec..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.dvi +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ecd76659fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +\documentclass[07]{dtk}% load class options 07 +%% +%% Packete/Style-Optionen und anderes Material in der Pr"aambel: +%% +\usepackage{booktabs} +%% +%% Das Packet german/ngerman wird automatisch geladen und sollte nicht +%% explizit angefordert werden. +%% +%% Regel: Es sollten so wenig wie m"oglich zus"atzliche Packete +%% angefordert werden, da diese mit anderen Packeten in Konflikt +%% geraten k"onnten, die in anderen Artikeln unbedingt +%% ben"otigt werden. +%% Regel: Es sollten nicht unn"otig viele Kommandos oder Umgebungen +%% definiert werden (aus demselben Grund). N"otigenfalls +%% sollte die Definition im Artikel und nicht in der Pr"aambel +%% geschehen. +%% Regel: Bei der Produktion der Zeitschrift wird normalerweise das +%% Input-Encoding utf8 verwendet, sofern nicht ein Beitrag +%% unbedingt etwas anderes erforderlich macht. +%% Es darf kein ein anderes Input-Encoding verwendet werden, wenn +%% wie unten gezeigt eine lokale Umschaltung erfolgt. +%% +\begin{document} +% +% Nun wird nur noch der eigentliche Beitrag geladen. Alles weitere +% findet in der Datei beispiel.tex statt. +% +%% Die Vereinszeitschrift wird mit dem Input-Encoding +%% utf8 gesetzt. Wenn man eine andere Kodierung bevorzugt, +%% dann den Textteil in +%% \bgroup +%% \inputencoding{...} +%% \input{beispiel} +%% \egroup +%% +\input{beispiel} +% +% +\end{document} +% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex index fe14cb2428e..49409222b7b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex @@ -20,12 +20,6 @@ %%----------------------------------------------------------------------------- %%----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% Die ben"otigten Pakete k"onnen hier noch einmal deklariert werden. -%% Diese werden hier gebraucht, da die Pr"aambel sich in der -%% Treiber-Datei befindet, die nicht zur Produktion der -%% Vereinszeitschrift eingesetzt wird. -% \NeedPackage{multicol} -\NeedPackage{booktabs} %% %% Das Paket german/ngerman wird automatisch geladen und sollte nicht %% explizit angefordert werden. @@ -260,9 +254,4 @@ auch "`l"a"sliche S"unden"' wie overfull/underfull Boxes. \bibliography{beispiel} -\endinput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Local Variables: -% mode: latex -% TeX-master: "beispiel.ltx" -% End: +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk01.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-adr.ist index e7f33a6866e..629cc146228 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk01.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-adr.ist @@ -1,28 +1,7 @@ -%% -%% This is file `dtk01.clo', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `one') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk01.clo. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. @@ -39,8 +18,8 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts @@ -74,6 +53,18 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `dtk01.clo'. +actual '*' +preamble "\\begin{theaddresses}" +postamble "\n\\end{theaddresses}\n" +item_0 "\n \\addressitem{" +item_2 "}{" +item_x1 "}{" +item_x2 "}{" +delim_0 "}{" +delim_1 "}{" +delim_2 "}{" +delim_t "}" +group_skip "" +quote '$' +%%$ +keyword "\\glossaryentry" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk97.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-idx.ist index b175ccf1500..6042a1b3be0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk97.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-idx.ist @@ -1,28 +1,7 @@ -%% -%% This is file `dtk97.clo', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetyseven') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk97.clo. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. @@ -39,8 +18,8 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts @@ -74,20 +53,39 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc} -\textheight = 484pt -\textwidth = 342pt -\columnsep = 10pt -\emergencystretch = 0pt -\renewcommand\DTKgerman{ - \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman - \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman - \selectlanguage{german}% -} -\ifDTK@german@ - \DTKgerman -\fi -\def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `dtk97.clo'. +%% +%% This is file `Letter.ist', +%% +%% The idea is from Ingo Kloeckl, Latex2e: +%% Herbert Voss 000726 +%% +%% This is a MAKEINDEX style file which should be used to +%% generate the formatted change history for use with the doc +%% package. The TeX commands used below are defined in +%% doc.sty. The commands for MAKEINDEX like `level' +%% `item_x1' are described in `` Makeindex, A General +%% Purpose, Formatter-Independent Index Processor'' by +%% Pehong Chen. +%% +headings_flag 1 % headings yes +heading_prefix "{\\SectionFont "% +heading_suffix "}\n" % newline +quote '"' +%%level '>' +preamble + "\\begin{theindex}\n" +item_1 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}" +item_01 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}" +item_x1 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}" +item_2 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }" +item_12 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }" +item_x2 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }" +%% +%% +%% End of file `Letter.ist'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk.ist deleted file mode 100644 index cde9e575a5e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk.ist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -actual '*' -preamble "\\begin{theaddresses}" -postamble "\n\\end{theaddresses}\n" -item_0 "\n \\addressitem{" -item_2 "}{" -item_x1 "}{" -item_x2 "}{" -delim_0 "}{" -delim_1 "}{" -delim_2 "}{" -delim_t "}" -group_skip "" -quote '$' diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 5c4eef56f6e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -#****************************************************************************** -#* $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 2002/04/10 20:57:17 gene Exp $ -#****************************************************************************** -#* Author: Gerd Neugebauer -#*============================================================================= - -TEXMF = /usr/local/share/TeX/texmf -#TEXMF = /Programme/TeX/texmf -INSTALLDIR = $(TEXMF)/tex/latex/dtk - -LATEX = pdflatex -MAKEINDEX = makeindex -RM = rm -f -INSTALL = install -MKDIR = mkdir -p - -FILES = dtk.dtx \ - dtk.ins \ - dtk.bst \ - ReadMe \ - Makefile \ - beispiel.tex \ - beispiel.ltx \ - beispiel.bib - -CLO_FILES = dtk95.clo \ - dtk96.clo \ - dtk97.clo \ - dtk98.clo \ - dtk99.clo \ - dtk00.clo \ - dtk01.clo \ - dtk02.clo -GENERATED = dtk.cls \ - dtk.sty \ - dtk.ist \ - ${CLO_FILES} \ - dtklogos.sty \ - dtk-pdf.sty - -#*=========================================================================== - -all: dtk.cls dtk.dvi - -dtk.cls: dtk.dtx dtk.ins - -$(RM) $(GENERATED) - $(LATEX) dtk.ins - -$(CLO_FILES): dtk.cls - -dtk.sty: dtk.cls - -dtk.dvi: dtk.glo - $(LATEX) dtk.dtx -dtk.glo: dtk.dtx - $(LATEX) dtk.dtx - $(MAKEINDEX) -s gind.ist dtk - $(MAKEINDEX) -s gglo.ist -o dtk.gls dtk.glo - -dtk_doc.dvi: - $(LATEX) dtk_doc.tex - -beispiel.dvi: beispiel.tex - $(LATEX) $< - $(LATEX) $< - -#*=========================================================================== - -dtk.tar: $(FILES) - tar -cvf $@ $(FILES) - -dist: dtk.tar.gz - -dtk.tar.gz: $(FILES) - tar -cvf - $(FILES) | gzip > $@ - -dtk.tar.Z: $(FILES) - tar -cvf - $(FILES) | compress > $@ - -dtk.zip: $(FILES) - zip $@ $(FILES) - -#*=========================================================================== -ci: - ci -l $(FILES) -#*=========================================================================== - -clean: - $(RM) *.aux *.log *.ind *.idx *.glo *.gls *.ilg *.toc - -veryclean: clean - $(RM) *.dvi - -distclean: veryclean - $(RM) dtk.cls dtk.sty - -#*=========================================================================== - -install: dtk.cls dtk.sty $(CLO_FILES) - -$(MKDIR) $(INSTALLDIR) - $(INSTALL) $(GENERATED) $(INSTALLDIR) - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx deleted file mode 100644 index eab76023281..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -%%***************************************************************************** -%% $Id: beispiel.ltx,v 1.1 2001/10/21 15:17:13 gene Exp $ -%%***************************************************************************** -%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer -%%----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% Dies ist ein Beispieldokument zu einem Artikel für "`Die TeXnische -%% Kom"odie"'. In dieser Datei befindet sich der Treiber für den -%% Beitrag. Der Beitrag wird mit -%% -%% latex beispiel.ltx -%% -%% übersetzt. -%% -%%----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% Die folgende Zeile ist f"ur LaTeX n"otig. -\documentclass{dtk} -%% -%% Packete/Style-Optionen und anderes Material in der Pr"aambel: -%% -\usepackage{booktabs} -%% -%% Die Vereinszeitschrift wird (meistens) mit dem Input-Encoding -%% latin1 gesetzt. -%% -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -%% -%% Das Packet german/ngerman wird automatisch geladen und sollte nicht -%% explizit angefordert werden. -%% -%% Regel: Es sollten so wenig wie m"oglich zus"atzliche Packete -%% angefordert werden, da diese mit anderen Packeten in Konflikt -%% geraten k"onnten, die in anderen Artikeln unbedingt -%% ben"otigt werden. -%% Regel: Es sollten nicht unn"otig viele Kommandos oder Umgebungen -%% definiert werden (aus demselben Grund). N"otigenfalls -%% sollte die Definition im Artikel und nicht in der Pr"aambel -%% geschehen. -%% Regel: Bei der Produktion der Zeitschrift wird normalerweise das -%% Input-Encoding latin1 verwendet, sofern nicht ein Beitrag -%% unbedingt etwas anderes erforderlich macht. -%% Es darf kein anderes Input-Encoding verwendet werden. -%% Die Eingabe sollte nach Möglichkeit sogar reines ASCII sein -%% -- mit Sonderzeichen nach german.sty. -%% -\begin{document}%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Nun wird nur noch der eigentliche Beitrag geladen. Alles weitere -% findet in der Datei beispiel.tex statt. -% -\input{beispiel} -% -% -\end{document}%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Local Variables: -% mode: latex -% TeX-master: nil -% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk-keys.rsc b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk-keys.rsc deleted file mode 100644 index ac706b66fe0..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk-keys.rsc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -key.generation=on -key.format { - dtk%2.2d(volume).%1.1d(volume):%s(key) -# dtk%2.2d(volume).%1.1d(volume)(author){:%-n(author)}{}:%-W(title) -# dtk%d(number).%2d(year)(author){:%-n(author)}{}:%-W(title) -# dtk%2d(year).%1.2d(volume)(author){:%-n(author):%-W(title)}{:%-2W(title)}} - -tex.define {\"[1]=#1e} -tex.define {\ss=ss} -tex.define {\AE=AE} -tex.define {\OE=OE} -tex.define {\aa=aa} -tex.define {\AA=AA} -tex.define {\o=o} -tex.define {\O=O} -tex.define {\l=l} -tex.define {\L=L} -tex.define {\TeX=TeX} -tex.define {\LaTeXTeX=LaTeX} -tex.define {\LaTeX=LaTeX} -tex.define {\LaTeXe=LaTeX2e} -tex.define {\BibTeX=BibTeX} -tex.define {\AMSTeX=AMSTeX} -tex.define {\AMS=AMS} -tex.define {\MF=METAFONT} -tex.define {\PiCTeX=PiCTeX} - -ignored.word{diese} -ignored.word{zum} -ignored.word{neue} -ignored.word{neues} -ignored.word{einige} -ignored.word{von} -ignored.word{zwei} -ignored.word{drei} -ignored.word{aus} -ignored.word{1} -ignored.word{2} -ignored.word{3} -ignored.word{4} -ignored.word{5} -ignored.word{6} -ignored.word{7} -ignored.word{8} -ignored.word{9} -ignored.word{0} - -fmt.title.title{-} - -print.align.string = 26 - -pass.comments = on -quiet = on - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx index 29c5b4c08a4..ef3248f0b1e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ +%\iffalse +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %<*!ist> %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%\iffalse %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. %% @@ -19,19 +20,19 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts %% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for %% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless %% he says so in writing. -%% +%% %% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute %% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any %% modifications are indicated. -%% +%% %% %<*class> %% This class is still under development and may be replaced with a @@ -45,13 +46,13 @@ %\fi %^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -% \title{A \LaTeX\ Class and Style for\\``Die \TeX{}nische +% \title{A \LaTeX\ Class and Style for\\``Die \TeX{}nische % Kom{\"o}die''\thanks{This file documents \filename\ version -% \fileversion\ as of \filedate.}} +% \fileversion\ as of \filedate.}} % \author{Gerd Neugebauer\\ -% Mainzer Str.\ 8\\ -% 56321 Rhens (Germany)\\ -% Net: \texttt{gene@gerd-neugebauer.de}} +% Mainzer Str.\ 8\\ +% 56321 Rhens (Germany)\\ +% Net: \texttt{gene@gerd-neugebauer.de}} % % \date{{\footnotesize Documentation date: \docdate}} % @@ -66,8 +67,15 @@ % \changes{0.29}{1996/06/21}{Logos improved. ContentsArt slightly modified.} % \changes{1.0}{1996/07/18}{The new layout is ready. (DTK 1/96 in print)} % \changes{1.1}{1996/09/13}{Fixing a minor problem with long titles.\\ -% double backslash in titles are now ignored in headlines and toc.} +% double backslash in titles are now ignored in headlines and toc.} % \changes{1.3}{1997/02/08}{Ancient layout moved to a class option file.} +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/02/04}{Merge changes due to RN made to +% generated files back into DTX (HjG).} +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/02/04}{M-x delete-trailing-whitespace (HjG).} +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/03/23}{File userpackages.tex now generated (RN/HjG).} +% \changes{1.9a}{2005/10/29}{added flushleft environment (RN/hv).} +% \changes{1.9b}{2006/08/11}{added macro CTANurl (hv).} +% \changes{1.10}{2007/08/28}{new dtx file created (hv).} %^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % % \DoNotIndex{\ ,\",\',\.,\[,\\,\],\^,\`,\~,\(,\),\,,\/,\-,\:,\=,\@,\~,\^} @@ -122,7 +130,7 @@ % \DoNotIndex{\wd,\widowpenalty,\write,\xdef,\z@} % %^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \CheckSum{2615} +% \CheckSum{2624} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -185,11 +193,11 @@ % which should be incorporated into the new class. % % Thus Gerd Neugebauer started to derive a new class by modifying -% options and macros of the standard document class \texttt{article}. +% options and macros of the standard document class \texttt{article}. % % At this time it was not unususal for many installations not to % provide the current \LaTeXe{} but still to have \LaTeX\,2.09 -% only. Thus one design decision was to have a document style as +% only. Thus one design decision was to have a document style as % well as a document class. The requirement was met by providing a % set of definitions which emulate some of the new features of % \LaTeX{} under the old releases. @@ -204,7 +212,7 @@ % board of ``Die \TeX nische Kom\"odie'' had been integrated. % Especially the following persons contributed during this process: % Luzia Dietsche, Bernd Raichle, Volker RW Schaa, Rainer Sch\"opf, -% and Andreas Dafferner. +% and Andreas Dafferner. % % Over the years several additions and corrections have made it % into some additional packages which have been used for the @@ -219,7 +227,7 @@ % support the use besides the production of ``Die \TeX nische % Kom\"odie''. In addition the major change is that the % bibliography is typeset in ragged right. -% +% % % \section{The User Interface} % @@ -251,7 +259,7 @@ % Each article should have be started with a short paragraph describing % what this article is about. This paragraph is called abstract. The % environment \verb|abstract| is meant for marking a paragraph as -% abstract. +% abstract. % % % @@ -264,39 +272,39 @@ % The following logos are provided by this class and separately by % the package \verb|dtklogos| if not defined somewhere else. You % are strongly encouraged to use those macros to typeset the logos -% instead of making your own. +% instead of making your own. % \smallskip % % \begin{tabular}{ll} -% \texttt{\char'134AmSTeX} &\AmSTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134AmS} &\AmS \\ -% \texttt{\char'134BibTeX} &\BibTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134dante} &\dante \\ -% \texttt{\char'134Dante} &\Dante \\ -% \texttt{\char'134DTK} &\DTK \\ -% \texttt{\char'134eTeX} &\eTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134eV} &\eV \\ -% \texttt{\char'134emTeX} &\emTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134LAmSTeX} &\LAmSTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXTeX} &\LaTeXTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXe} &\LaTeXe \\ -% \texttt{\char'134LaTeX} &\LaTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134LyX} &\LyX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134METAFONT} &\MF \\ -% \texttt{\char'134METAPOST} &\MP \\ -% \texttt{\char'134MF} &\MF \\ -% \texttt{\char'134MP} &\MP \\ -% \texttt{\char'134MakeIndex}&\MakeIndex \\ -% \texttt{\char'134NFSS} &\NFSS \\ -% \texttt{\char'134NTS} &\NTS \\ -% \texttt{\char'134PS} &\PS \\ -% \texttt{\char'134PiCTeX} &\PiCTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134PubliCTeX}&\PubliCTeX \\ -% \texttt{\char'134TUG} &\TUG \\ -% \texttt{\char'134TeXXeT} &\TeXXeT \\ -% \texttt{\char'134TeXeT} &\TeXeT \\ -% \texttt{\char'134WinEdt} &\WinEdt \\ -% \texttt{\char'134WinEdtKK} &\WinEdtKK +% \texttt{\char'134AmSTeX} &\AmSTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134AmS} &\AmS \\ +% \texttt{\char'134BibTeX} &\BibTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134dante} &\dante \\ +% \texttt{\char'134Dante} &\Dante \\ +% \texttt{\char'134DTK} &\DTK \\ +% \texttt{\char'134eTeX} &\eTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134eV} &\eV \\ +% \texttt{\char'134emTeX} &\emTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134LAmSTeX} &\LAmSTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXTeX} &\LaTeXTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXe} &\LaTeXe \\ +% \texttt{\char'134LaTeX} &\LaTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134LyX} &\LyX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134METAFONT} &\MF \\ +% \texttt{\char'134METAPOST} &\MP \\ +% \texttt{\char'134MF} &\MF \\ +% \texttt{\char'134MP} &\MP \\ +% \texttt{\char'134MakeIndex}&\MakeIndex \\ +% \texttt{\char'134NFSS} &\NFSS \\ +% \texttt{\char'134NTS} &\NTS \\ +% \texttt{\char'134PS} &\PS \\ +% \texttt{\char'134PiCTeX} &\PiCTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134PubliCTeX}&\PubliCTeX \\ +% \texttt{\char'134TUG} &\TUG \\ +% \texttt{\char'134TeXXeT} &\TeXXeT \\ +% \texttt{\char'134TeXeT} &\TeXeT \\ +% \texttt{\char'134WinEdt} &\WinEdt \\ +% \texttt{\char'134WinEdtKK} &\WinEdtKK % \end{tabular} % % \DescribeMacro{\footnote} @@ -313,30 +321,35 @@ % Unfortunately the macros provided are not sufficient in several % situations. Thus this class provides some additional markup % macros to come closer to the ideal situation. -% +% % \DescribeMacro{\File} -% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names. -% +% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names. +% % \DescribeMacro{\Package} -% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names. -% +% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names. +% % \DescribeMacro{\Program} -% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names. -% +% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names. +% % \DescribeMacro{\Command} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting command names. % For instance command names are relevant when talking about Unix -% commands. -% +% commands. +% % \DescribeMacro{\Macro} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting macro names. -% +% % \DescribeMacro{\Environment} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting environment names. -% +% % \DescribeMacro{\Email} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting email addresses. -% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\CTANurl} +% Use this macro instead of \verb+\url+ for references to the \CTAN. +% It uses the \verb+\href+ and \verb+\nolinkurl+ from the package \Package{hyperref}. +% An example for a reference is \verb+\CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/}+: \CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/} +% % \DescribeMacro{\Acronym} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting acronyms. It is % highly recommended to use this macro sparsingly @@ -353,7 +366,7 @@ % The macro \verb|\DieTeXnischeKomoedie| is provided for this purpose. It % takes three arguments. The first argument is the number. The second % argument is the annual set and the third argument is the publication -% date. +% date. % % \DescribeMacro{\CoverArt} % The macro \verb|\DieTeXnischeKomoedie| calls the macro \verb|\CoverArt| @@ -384,7 +397,7 @@ % loaded in the preamble of the document. The macro % \verb|\NeedPackage| provides a means to specify the required % packages in the article files. Unfortunately \LaTeX{} does not -% provide a way to load missing packages in the document iyself +% provide a way to load missing packages in the document itself % thus the only reasonable action for this macros is to issue a % warning message if a needed package is not found. Nevertheless % this helps finding potential problems. @@ -407,7 +420,7 @@ % typeset the address information at the end. % % To use the package you can use a driver file with the following -% structure: +% structure: % % \begin{quote} % \verb|\documentclass{dtk}|\\ @@ -450,7 +463,7 @@ % % To enable you to make references across articles the original % definitions of \verb|\label| and \verb|\ref| have been saved in -% \verb|\Label| and \verb|\Ref| respectively. +% \verb|\Label| and \verb|\Ref| respectively. % % % \subsection{List of Authors} @@ -467,7 +480,7 @@ % separately before. During this processing \BibTeX\ can be used to % generate the appropriate bbl file. % Things are arranged to include the bbl file for the article in -% question. +% question. % % One problem is not solved. This is the uniqueness of the \BibTeX\ % labels. Here manual invention is required. @@ -483,14 +496,14 @@ % \section{The Version Information} % % The following lines define the version information for the class -% and the pdf package file. +% and the pdf package file. % % \begin{macrocode} %<*class|pdf|logos> \def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2} \def\filename{dtk.dtx} -\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $} -\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $} +\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $} +\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $} \let\docversion=\fileversion \let\docdate=\filedate %</class|pdf|logos> @@ -505,14 +518,14 @@ % % The documentation can be adapted in a file named dtk.dcf % (documentation configuration). This file can contain instructions -% for \verb|docstrip|. Especially useful might be the instruction +% for \verb|docstrip|. Especially useful might be the instruction % % \verb|\OnlyDescription| % % which supresses the generation of the implementation description. % % \changes{1.3}{1997/01/27}{The documentation driver has been -% integrated.} +% integrated.} % \begin{macrocode} %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -582,7 +595,7 @@ % % % \subsection{Basic Definitions} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<*class> % \end{macrocode} @@ -597,6 +610,14 @@ \DTK@Author@true % \end{macrocode} % +% ??? +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifDTK@Draft@ +\newif\ifDTK@lineno@ +\DTK@lineno@false +% \end{macrocode} +% % The boolean \verb|DTK@german@| is used to determine if the german % package should be loaded automatically. Usually it is turned on. % Under certain circumstances it might be necessary to load other @@ -628,7 +649,7 @@ % The macro \verb|RequirePackage| simply tries to load the appropriate % style file. The category code of \verb|@| is changed temporarily. % The old value is is saved in \verb|\DTK@cat| and restored at the end. -% +% % Optional arguments are not supported, yet. % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -639,24 +660,24 @@ \catcode`\@=\DTK@cat} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\LoadClass} % The concept of class and package files has not been so different in % \LaTeX\,2.09. Thus the same that has been said for \verb|\RequirePackage| % holds also for the macro \verb|\LoadClass|. Thus we just make it a -% synonym. -% +% synonym. +% % \begin{macrocode} \let\LoadClass=\RequirePackage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\InputIfFileExists} % Now things get a little bit more complicated. To implement the % macro \verb|\InputIfFileExists| we try to open the file. If this % fails we assume that the file does not exist. The appropriate % action is performed in both cases. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\InputIfFileExists[3]{% \openin\DTK@file #1 @@ -726,14 +747,14 @@ % implement \verb|\InputIfFileExists|. Since \verb|\newread| is % declared \verb|\outer| we have to allocate the new handle here. It is % just used in the \LaTeX\,2.09 mode. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newread\DTK@file % \end{macrocode} % % Now we can continue without considering the \LaTeX{} dialect any % more. Any changes we make from now on are exclusivly based on the -% interface defined above. +% interface defined above. % % This is all we had to do to implement the compatibility mode. It might % turn out that more features are desirable. Those extensions are left to @@ -743,7 +764,7 @@ % % \subsection{Initializations} % -% +% % Now we can start to define the class. The version date is taken % from the macro \verb|\filedate|. This macro is defined at the % beginning of this file. The value is changed by the version @@ -752,7 +773,23 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \ProvidesClass{dtk}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene] % \end{macrocode} -% +% +% ??? +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-15, siehe `bibtopic.sty'. +\newcommand\DTK@isnum[1]{% + \if!\ifnum9<1#1!\else_\fi + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi +} +% RN 2005-01-31 +\newcommand*\DTK@@thelinenumber{\thepage-\arabic{linenumber}} +%%%% +% \end{macrocode} +% % The options to switch to other point sizes are disabled. Nobody % is supposed to use this class with another than the single design % size. @@ -761,15 +798,15 @@ \DeclareOption{11pt}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{12pt}{\OptionNotUsed} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % The options to switch the oneside and twoside settings are % disabled. Nobody is supposed to use this class with another than -% the single design size. +% the single design size. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{twoside}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{oneside}{\OptionNotUsed} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % We define an internal style option ``full''. This loads % the multicolumn package from the Mainz distribution. It is only % needed to produce the full journal. Additionally several macros @@ -778,38 +815,82 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{full}{\DTK@Author@false} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % The package option \verb|omitgerman| can be used to omit the % loading of the package \verb|german.sty|. This migth be necessary % if packages are required which have to be loaded before -% \verb|german|. +% \verb|german|. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{omitgerman}{\DTK@german@false} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % In 1996 the layout of ``Die TeXnische Kom\"odie'' has been % changed. The option \verb|ancient| can be used to switch back to % the old layout. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{ancient}{\def\DTK@layout{95}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% ??? % \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-16 +\DeclareOption{draft}{% + \DTK@Draft@true + \DTK@lineno@true + \PassOptionsToPackage{pagewise}{lineno}% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}% +} +% RN 2005-01-30 +\DeclareOption{linenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@true} +\DeclareOption{nolinenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@false} +\DeclareOption{pagewise}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}} +\DeclareOption{running}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}} +% RN 2005-01-31 +% RN/HjG 2005-02-11 +% Ein grauenvoller Hack! +\DeclareOption{ln-long}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{% + %\def\Hugo{% + \ifoddNumberedPage% eigtl. Even!!! + \ifodd\c@page + \@tempswatrue %C + \else + \@tempswafalse %D + \fi + \else + \ifodd\c@page + \@tempswafalse %A + \else + \@tempswatrue %B + \fi + \fi + %}\Hugo + %\@tempcnta=\c@page + %\if@tempswa \advance\@tempcnta\@ne \fi + \if@tempswa \advance\c@page\@ne \fi + %\edef\thepage{\the\@tempcnta}% + \thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}} +\DeclareOption{ln-short}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{% + \arabic{linenumber}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% ??? Now done better! +% \begin{macrocode} +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \DeclareOption{95}{\def\DTK@layout{95}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{96}{\def\DTK@layout{96}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{97}{\def\DTK@layout{97}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{98}{\def\DTK@layout{98}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{99}{\def\DTK@layout{99}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -825,13 +906,23 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{02}{\def\DTK@layout{02}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % The remaining options are handed down to the base class \verb|book|. % This works for \LaTeXe{} and is a noop for \LaTeX\,2.09. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% ??? This is the way \dots! +% \begin{macrocode} +\else +\DeclareOption*{% + \DTK@isnum{\CurrentOption}% + {\edef\DTK@layout{\CurrentOption}}% + {\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}% +} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% % Now we can process all options. Again this works for \LaTeXe{} % and is a noop for \LaTeX\,2.09 since the options are % automatically processed there. @@ -848,21 +939,58 @@ \LoadClass{book} % \end{macrocode} % +% ??? +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-30 +\ifDTK@lineno@ + \RequirePackage{lineno}\linenumbers + \RequirePackage{color}% + \linenumbersep=.8ex + \def\linenumberfont{\normalfont\scriptsize\sffamily\bfseries}% + \definecolor{DTK@lineno@color}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}% SpringGreen + \def\thelinenumber{% + \begingroup + \fboxsep=.3ex\fcolorbox{black}{DTK@lineno@color}{% + \DTK@@thelinenumber}% + \endgroup}% +\fi +%%%%%%%%%% +% \end{macrocode} +% % The T1 font encoding is used. % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{T1 font encoding enabled.} % % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% ??? +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-15 +\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{} +\RequirePackage[full]{textcomp} +% RN/HjG 2005-03-23 +\ifDTK@Author@\else + \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\fi +\usepackage[hyphens]{url} +\usepackage[newcommands,newparameters]{ragged2e} +\@ifundefined{flushleft} + {\let\flushleft\FlushLeft\let\endflushleft\endFlushLeft}{} +% +\usepackage{filecontents} %</class> % \end{macrocode} % % For old issues of the journal the OT1 font encoding is used -% instead. +% instead. % % \begin{macrocode} -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998> \RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc} -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -878,7 +1006,7 @@ % |omitgerman| can be used. To ensure proper operation of dtk it is % necesary to call the macro \verb|\DTKgerman| after the style % (n)german has been loaded. -% +% % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/03}{The package ngerman is used to support % the current orthography.} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -891,21 +1019,28 @@ \typeout{*** Don't forget to use the macro \string\DTKgerman\space afterwards.} \fi -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \ifDTK@german@ \RequirePackage{german} \selectlanguage{german} \fi -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> % \end{macrocode} % % The package ``\texttt{multicol}'' is used in the full version. Thus % we only load it if the option \verb|full| has been given. % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/06}{Packages graphicx and color are required.} % \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-22 +% Mindestens `multicol' wird auch im Autormodus gebraucht, falls dort +% ein Index erstellt wird. Vermutlich "graphicx,color" ("xcolor"?) auch +% so allemeing\"ultig, dass es vorgezogen werden sollte! +\RequirePackage{multicol} \ifDTK@Author@\else - \RequirePackage{multicol} +% \RequirePackage{multicol} \RequirePackage{graphicx,color} +% RN 2005-01-22 + \errorcontextlines=100\relax \fi \RequirePackage{dtklogos} % \end{macrocode} @@ -916,11 +1051,11 @@ % This macro can be used to declare in a single article which % packages are required. At this places it is too late to load % them if they are not loaded already. In stead a fat message is -% presented which warns the user of potential problems. +% presented which warns the user of potential problems. % % This macro takes a single argument which is the name of % \emph{one} package. Multiple packages and versions are not -% supported (yet). +% supported (yet). % % This macro is copied and modified from an \LaTeX2\ (june 1996) % internal. It seems as \LaTeXe\ defines a control sequences for @@ -937,7 +1072,7 @@ \typeout{*** I try to stumble along as good as I can.}% \typeout{*** Expect some undefined macros or other errors.}% \typeout{***}% - \typeout{***} + \typeout{***}% \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -968,10 +1103,10 @@ % width is 342\,pt = 120.19925\,mm. This is slightly larger than in the % predecessor style. % \begin{macrocode} -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \textheight = 484pt \textwidth = 342pt -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -980,8 +1115,10 @@ % printable area on the page is left to the output driver. % \begin{macrocode} \oddsidemargin = 0pt -\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin -\topmargin = 0pt +\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin\oddsidemargin -35.89157pt +\evensidemargin -17.70235pt +\topmargin -55.66684pt +%\topmargin = 0pt% RN 2005-01-16 % \end{macrocode} % % The head line needs some space. In fact this depends on some @@ -993,10 +1130,10 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \headheight = 14pt \headsep = 12pt -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1007,9 +1144,9 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \footskip = 21pt -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1032,14 +1169,14 @@ \renewcommand\textfraction{.1} % \end{macrocode} % -% +% % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/21}{columnsep reduced to 5pt} % \begin{macrocode} \columnsep = 5pt %</class> -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \columnsep = 10pt -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1047,9 +1184,9 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \emergencystretch = 1.5em %</class> -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine|twothousand> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999|2000> \emergencystretch = 0pt -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine|twothousand> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999|2000> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1066,12 +1203,23 @@ \clubpenalty = 10000 \widowpenalty = 10000 % \end{macrocode} -% +% ??? +% \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-16 ??? +\marginparwidth=1cm +%\marginparsep=\z@ +\@ifdefinable\DTK@orig@marginpar{\let\DTK@orig@marginpar\marginpar} +\renewcommand*\marginpar{% + \ClassWarning{dtk}{Command `\string\marginpar' not expected}% + \DTK@orig@marginpar} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macro}{\DTKgerman} % We will change some of the captions names used within \LaTeX{}. To avoid % that the package ``\texttt{german}'' undoes our efforts we anchor the % changes in the \verb|\captionsgerman| macro. To do so we have to save the -% old meaning in an internal name. +% old meaning in an internal name. % \changes{1.5}{2001/04/24}{Method for ngerman added} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\DTKgerman{ @@ -1081,29 +1229,29 @@ } %</class> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \renewcommand\DTKgerman{ \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman \selectlanguage{german}% } -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\DTK@captionsgerman} % % Now we can redefine the captions command. First of all we use the % old definition. Thus we avoid duplicating the whole definition -% and maybe getting in trouble with some future version. +% and maybe getting in trouble with some future version. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\DTK@captionsgerman{ \DTK@captionsgerman % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\refname} % Just in case that an article contains a list of references we % define the title for this section. @@ -1113,31 +1261,31 @@ \gdef\refname{Literatur}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\bibname} % Ok. And now the same trick for the title of the bibliography. % \begin{macrocode} \gdef\bibname{Literatur}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\contentsname} % The headline for the table of contents is defined appropriately. % \verb|\volume| contains the number of the current volume. This % number is set by the macro producing the front page. % \begin{macrocode} - \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \volume}% + \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \Volume}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % Now we are done. We just have to make sure that the new values % are activated by calling the new captions macros. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % If the option german has been loaded automatically then we have % to modify the captions at once. Otherwise the user is responsible % to call \verb|\DTKgerman| after the package german has been loaded. @@ -1147,16 +1295,16 @@ \fi %</class> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \ifDTK@german@ \DTKgerman \fi -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\addressname} % The heading for the list of authors is defined in this macro. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1183,15 +1331,49 @@ % used in the full version we provide a reasonable default. % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Current date and time added.} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\volume{?/?? --- Entwurf \today\ +\newcommand\Volume{?/??} +\newcommand\volume{\Volume\ --- Entwurf \today\ \begingroup \count1=\time\divide\count1 60 \count2=\count1 \multiply\count2 -60 \advance\count2\time - \the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2 + \ifnum\count1<10 0\fi\the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2 \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% ??? +% \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-17 +\newcommand*\DTK@corr@version{} +\ifDTK@Author@\else + \newcommand*\DTK@today{}% + \begingroup + \count@\time + \divide\count@ 60\relax + \count2=-\count@ + \multiply\count2 60\relax + \advance\count2 \time + %% \loggingall %% Wuduh! + \xdef\DTK@today{% + \the\year-\two@digits{\the\month}-\two@digits{\the\day}% %!!! \the + %\protect~% Warum geht das nicht? + \noexpand\noexpand~% + %% Wuduh! 2 \noexpand noetig? Weil \number\the 2mal zuschlaegt? + %% Ohne \the langt 1 \noexpand! + \two@digits{\the\count@}:\two@digits{\the\count2}}% + %%\show\DTK@today + \endgroup + \ifDTK@Draft@ + \def\DTK@corr@version{\fbox{Korrekturversion:~\DTK@today}}% + \AtEndOfClass{% + \let\ps@empty=\ps@plain + \let\ps@part=\ps@plain}% + \else + \let\@LN\@gobbletwo% Wegen .aux-Datei von vorherigem lineno-Lauf + \let\@LN@col\@gobble + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\footmark} % This macro contains the text of the running foot. @@ -1202,19 +1384,19 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ChapterFont} % This macro contains the font changing command issued before -% typesetting a chapter title. +% typesetting a chapter title. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\sf} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\bf} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\SectionFont} % This macro contains the font changing command issued before % typesetting the section heading. @@ -1223,9 +1405,9 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\SectionFont{\normalsize\bf} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1238,9 +1420,9 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\SubsectionFont{\normalsize\it} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1253,88 +1435,88 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\SubsubsectionFont{\normalsize\it} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\AuthorFont} % This macro contains the font changing command issued before -% typeseting the author of an article. +% typeseting the author of an article. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\AuthorFont{\large\sf} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\AuthorFont{\normalsize\rm} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\TitleFont} % This macro contains the font changing command issued before -% typeseting the title of an article. +% typeseting the title of an article. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\TitleFont{\Large\sf} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\TitleFont{\large\bf} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\HeadFont} % This macro contains the font changing command issued before -% typeseting the running head line. +% typeseting the running head line. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\HeadFont{\sf\fontshape{sl}\selectfont} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\HeadFont{\sl} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\FootFont} % This macro contains the font changing command issued before -% typeseting the running foot line. +% typeseting the running foot line. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\FootFont{\footnotesize\sf\fontshape{sl}\selectfont} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\FootFont{\footnotesize\sl} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\PagenoFont} % This macro contains the font changing command issued before -% typeseting the page number. +% typeseting the page number. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\PagenoFont{\sf} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\PagenoFont{\rm} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\NewpageThreshold} % The macro \verb|\NewpageThreshold| is used to determine how much % space is needed on a page to start a new article. If less space @@ -1343,7 +1525,7 @@ \newcommand\NewpageThreshold{100pt} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\HeadRuleDepth} % This macro contains the depth of the line between the running % head and the main body of text. @@ -1352,13 +1534,13 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\HeadRuleDepth{0.1pt} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\FootRuleDepth} % This macro contains the depth of the line between the running % foot and the main body of text. @@ -1367,16 +1549,16 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\FootRuleDepth{0.1pt} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ContentsParSkip} % This macro contains the \verb|parskip| used for the table of -% contents. +% contents. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\ContentsParSkip{1pt} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1387,11 +1569,11 @@ % % The size changing commands \verb|\small| and \verb|\footnotesize| % redefine also \verb|\@listi|. This effect has to be undone. -% -% +% +% % \begin{macro}{\DTK@math} % This macro modifies the relavant parameters for typesetting -% mathematics. +% mathematics. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\DTK@math{% \abovedisplayskip = 4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt @@ -1401,7 +1583,7 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\@normalsize} % This is an internal size changing command. We save the old % definition in \verb|\DTK@@normalsize| and redefine it. After the @@ -1414,12 +1596,12 @@ \let\@listi=\@listI} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\normalsize} % This is a size changing command. We save the old % definition in the macro \verb|\DTK@normalsize| and redefine % it. After the old definition is used some sizes are changed to a -% smaller value. +% smaller value. % \begin{macrocode} \let\DTK@normalsize=\normalsize \renewcommand\normalsize{% @@ -1429,7 +1611,7 @@ \normalsize % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\small} % This is a size changing command. We save the old % definition in \verb|\DTK@small| and redefine it. After the @@ -1442,12 +1624,12 @@ \let\@listi=\@listI} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\footnotesize} % This is a size changing command. We save the old % definition in the macro \verb|\DTK@footnotesize| and redefine % it. After the old definition is used some sizes are changed to a -% smaller value. +% smaller value. % \begin{macrocode} \let\DTK@footnotesize=\footnotesize \renewcommand\footnotesize{% @@ -1456,7 +1638,7 @@ \let\@listi=\@listI} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Path} % \changes{1.3}{1997/01/28}{Macro added.} % This macro can be used to typeset paths to network sources like @@ -1476,13 +1658,13 @@ \catcode`\^=0 ^catcode`\\=13 ^gdef^Path{^begingroup - ^catcode`^/=13 - ^catcode`^\=13 - ^catcode`^:=13 - ^catcode`^~=12 + ^catcode`^/=13 + ^catcode`^\=13 + ^catcode`^:=13 + ^catcode`^~=12 ^catcode`^$=12 %$ - ^catcode`^_=12 - ^catcode`^#=12 + ^catcode`^_=12 + ^catcode`^#=12 ^let/=^Path@SepI ^let\=^Path@SepII ^let:=^Path@SepIII @@ -1491,7 +1673,7 @@ ^endgroup % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % % \subsection{Logical Markup} % @@ -1500,41 +1682,41 @@ % Unfortunately the macros provided are not sufficient in several % situations. Thus this class provides some additional markup % macros to come closer to the ideal situation. -% +% % \begin{macro}{\File} -% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names. +% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\File[1]{\texttt{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Package} -% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names. +% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\Package[1]{\texttt{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Program} -% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names. +% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\Program[1]{\texttt{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Command} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting command names. % For instance command names are relevant when talking about Unix -% commands. +% commands. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\Command[1]{\texttt{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Macro} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting macro names. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.} @@ -1542,7 +1724,7 @@ \providecommand\Macro[1]{\texttt{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Environment} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting environment names. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.} @@ -1550,7 +1732,7 @@ \providecommand\Environment[1]{\texttt{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Email} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting email addresses. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.} @@ -1558,7 +1740,20 @@ \providecommand\Email[1]{\texttt{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% +% \begin{macro}{\CTANurl} +%% hv 2006-08-11 +% Use this macro instead of \verb+\url+ for references to the \CTAN. +% It uses the \verb+\href+ and \verb+\nolinkurl+ from the package \Package{hyperref} +% or alternative the \Package{url} and an empty \Command{href}, if hyprref isn't loaded. +% An example for a reference is \verb+\CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/}+: \CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/} +\providecommand*{\nolinkurl}{\url} +\providecommand*{\href}[1]{} +\newcommand*{\CTANurl}[1]{% + \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}% +} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\Acronym} % This macro is intended to be used for typesetting acronyms. It is % highly recommended to use this macro sparsingly @@ -1567,14 +1762,14 @@ \providecommand\Acronym[1]{\textsc{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % % \subsection{List Making Environments} % % The list making environments \verb|description|, \verb|itemize|, % and \verb|enumerate| are adapted to use less vertical space. This % is mainly done by resetting \verb|\parsep|, \verb|\itemsep|, and -% \verb|\topsep|. +% \verb|\topsep|. % % The environments \verb|itemize| and \verb|enumerate| use the % macros \verb|@listi|, \verb|@listii|, etc. Thus it is sufficient @@ -1635,7 +1830,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\labelitemi{$\m@th\bullet$} \renewcommand\labelitemii{\bf --} \renewcommand\labelitemiii{$\m@th\ast$} @@ -1643,7 +1838,7 @@ \setlength\leftmarginii{2.2em} \setlength\leftmarginiii{1.87em} \setlength\leftmarginiv{1.7em} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1672,9 +1867,9 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1690,14 +1885,14 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewenvironment{quotation}{% \list{}{\listparindent 1.5em \itemindent\listparindent \rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep \z@ plus\p@}% \item\relax }{\endlist} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{environment} @@ -1707,7 +1902,7 @@ % does not indent per default but just typesets the argument of the % \verb|\item| macro in boldface. It has one optional argument % which can be used to specify the amount of indentation desired. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newenvironment{roll}% {\@ifnextchar[{\r@ll}{\r@ll[0pt]}}% @@ -1792,7 +1987,7 @@ % This second optional argument is the subtitle of the part. % If none is given then the empty default is used instead. % The second optional argument is an enhancement compared to the -% original definition of parts in \LaTeX. +% original definition of parts in \LaTeX. % % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\part{% @@ -1807,7 +2002,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\part@star} % If the next character is a \verb|[| then the part macro has an -% optional argument. +% optional argument. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\part@star[1]{% \@ifnextchar[{\part@optional{#1}}{\part@normal{#1}}} @@ -1870,7 +2065,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\TopArt[2]{% \begingroup \unitlength = 1pt @@ -1879,7 +2074,7 @@ \framebox(\@tempcnta,38){\parbox{.95\textwidth}{% \begin{center}{\large\bf #1}#2 \end{center}}} \endgroup} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1894,11 +2089,11 @@ \typeout{*** Chapters can not be used in single articles.}} \else % \end{macrocode} -% +% % The appearance of a chapter is the same as the appearance of a % section. Additionally a line is added to the table of contents % and the headline is set appropriately. -% +% % Since we want to deal with optional arguments and star variants % things are becoming a little bit more complicated. I don't know % if it is worth the effort. Maybe nobody will ever use this @@ -1910,7 +2105,7 @@ \fi % \end{macrocode} % Ignore any number of stars. Well this may be to harsh but I think -% this is enough. +% this is enough. % \begin{macrocode} \def\chapter@star*{\chapter} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1934,90 +2129,90 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\section} % The section is redefined to use less vertical space than the -% original definition. -% +% original definition. +% % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{% -2ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{.5ex plus.2ex}{\SectionFont}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{% -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{.5ex plus.2ex}{\SectionFont}} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\subsection} % The subsection is redefined to use less vertical space than the -% original definition. -% +% original definition. +% % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{% -2ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsectionFont}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{% -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsectionFont}} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} % The subsubsection is redefined to use less vertical space than -% the original definition. -% +% the original definition. +% % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{% -2ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{% -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\paragraph} % The paragraph is redefined to use less vertical space than the -% original definition. -% +% original definition. +% % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{% 0ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{% 1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\subparagraph} % The subparagraph is redefined to use less vertical space than the -% original definition. -% +% original definition. +% % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}% {\parindent}{0ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}% {\parindent}{1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2088,7 +2283,7 @@ % pagebreak in beween (maybe not necessary). Then we draw a line to % separate the article from the previous one. The line is required if the % boolean variable \verb|FirstArticle| is true. This variable is set -% afterwards. +% afterwards. % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} @@ -2147,9 +2342,9 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\DTKtitle@skip{0pt} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2161,10 +2356,10 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\DTKtitle@sep{\rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}% \vskip 14pt plus 8pt minus 12pt} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2192,7 +2387,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \newenvironment{abstract}{% - \begin{quote}\small + \begin{quote}\small }{% \end{quote}\medskip\par} % \end{macrocode} @@ -2200,7 +2395,7 @@ % % % \subsection{Numbering} -% +% % The numbering is done on a global basis. No chapter numbers are % prepended. Especially since none are used at all. This is just % like in the article class. @@ -2213,7 +2408,7 @@ % % % \subsection{Labels} -% +% % Labels have to be used on an per article basis for this purpose % we use a macro to hold the prefix for the labels. This prefix is % prepended whenever something is done with the labels. @@ -2252,7 +2447,7 @@ \let\Label=\label \let\Pageref=\pageref % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\ref} % The module prefix is prepended before the original \verb|\ref| % macros is used. @@ -2260,7 +2455,7 @@ \renewcommand\ref[1]{\Ref{\Label@Prefix:#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\label} % The module prefix is prepended before the original \verb|\label| % macros is used. @@ -2268,7 +2463,7 @@ \renewcommand\label[1]{\Label{\Label@Prefix:#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\pageref} % The module prefix is prepended before the original \verb|\pageref| % macros is used. @@ -2300,14 +2495,14 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\DTK@bibliography@rightskip} -% +% % \changes{1.8}{2002/04/01}{macro added.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\DTK@bibliography@rightskip{\rightskip=0pt plus 2em} %</class> -%<*two> +%<*2002> \newcommand\DTK@bibliography@rightskip{} -%</two> +%</2002> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2328,7 +2523,7 @@ \bibliographystyle{dtk} % \end{macrocode} % -% +% % \subsection{Footnotes} % % This is just my personal taste. I have incorporated my @@ -2359,10 +2554,10 @@ #1% \end{list}} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}#1} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2388,11 +2583,11 @@ \hrule\@width0.333\columnwidth \kern2.6\p@} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width .4\columnwidth \kern 2.6\p@} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2405,7 +2600,7 @@ % The page style plain provides a head line and a foot line. The % page number is printed in the outer corner of the head line. The % inner part of the head line contains the title of the current -% article. +% article. % % The foot line contains the name and number of the current journal % flushed towards the inner border of the page. @@ -2427,12 +2622,24 @@ \let\\=\relax \PagenoFont \thepage\hfil\HeadFont \leftmark}\kern 3pt \ifdim\HeadRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\HeadRuleDepth\fi}}% +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17 \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}% \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi - \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}} + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}% +\else + \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}% + \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \null\FootFont\DTK@corr@version\hfil \footmark}}}% +\fi +} % \end{macrocode} % % @@ -2443,16 +2650,16 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \let\ps@headings\ps@plain % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsubsection{The Page Style ``part''} -% +% % The page style \verb|part| contains the same foot as the page style % \verb|plain|. The head line is empty. -% +% % This style is used when a new part is started. It can be % configured by redefining the macros \verb|FootRuleDepth|, % \verb|\FootFont|, and \verb|\PagenoFont|. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\ps@part{% \let\@mkboth=\@gobbletwo @@ -2461,18 +2668,30 @@ \let\subsectionmark=\@gobble \let\@oddhead=\@empty \let\@evenhead=\@empty +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17 \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}% \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi - \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}} + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}% +\else + \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}% + \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \null\FootFont \DTK@corr@version\hfil\footmark}}}% +\fi +} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % The default page style is plain. This has been set by the book % style before. If we want our changes to take effect we have to % reinitialize the page style. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \pagestyle{plain} % \end{macrocode} @@ -2487,20 +2706,34 @@ % stored in the macro \verb|\volume| for later use. The second % argument is the number of the year and the third argument is the % date when this volume is released. The date is given as month and -% year. +% year. % % The appearance of the cover page is determined by the macro % \verb|\CoverArt|. This can be redefined to get a different cover % page. % \begin{macrocode} -\ifDTK@Author@\else +\ifDTK@Author@ + \AtEndOfClass{%\show\DTK@jobname + \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.inf}{% + \renewcommand\volume{\Volume}}{}}% +\else \newcommand\DieTeXnischeKomoedie[3]{% \thispagestyle{empty}% - \gdef\volume{#1}% + \gdef\Volume{#1}% + \xdef\volume{\Volume}%??? \gdef\DTKedition{#2}% \gdef\DTKdate{#3}% + \immediate\openout\@unused \jobname.inf\relax + \immediate\write\@unused{% + \string\gdef\string\Volume{#1}^^J% + \string\gdef\string\DTKedition{#2}^^J% + \string\gdef\string\DTKdate{#3}% + }% + \immediate\closeout\@unused + \iffalse% RN 2005-02-20; unnoetig, da localer \jobname usw. \global\let\bibliography=\DTK@bibliography \global\let\bibliographystyle=\@gobble + \fi \CoverArt{#1}{#2}{#3}% \newpage} \fi @@ -2517,10 +2750,10 @@ % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/02}{Correction of the size of the number on % the title page for volumes after 1999.} % \begin{macrocode} -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \newfont\CoverTitleFont{cmr17 scaled \magstep 5} \newfont\CoverNumberFont{cmr17 scaled 3583} -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \newcommand\CoverArt[3]{% \ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined \newfont\CoverTitleFont{ecrm1700 scaled \magstep 5} @@ -2536,7 +2769,7 @@ \hbox to\@tempdimb{% \vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{% \vskip\wd\@tempboxa - \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ + \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ % \rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight} \begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright \rule{1em}{0pt}% @@ -2551,7 +2784,7 @@ \\[-\baselineskip]\null\hspace{1em}% {\CoverArt@small\cover@sub{#1}{#2}{#3}}% \\[-\baselineskip]\rule{0pt}{.617647\textheight}% - \CoverNumberFont + \CoverNumberFont \null\hfill \makebox(0,0)[br]{% \textcolor{CoverArt@grey}{% @@ -2587,19 +2820,19 @@ % \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@strip@no} % Extract the relevant part from the number of the issue. % \changes{1.7}{2001/11/02}{Correction of the macro to deal with -% four digit numbers instead of striipng two digits. This is used +% four digit numbers instead of striping two digits. This is used % since the year 2000.} % \begin{macrocode} \def\CoverArt@strip@no#1/#2;{#1\raisebox{0.35ex}{\CoverTitleFont/}#2} -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> \def\CoverArt@strip@no#1/#2#3#4#5;{% #1\raisebox{0.35ex}{\CoverTitleFont/}#4#5} -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@linewidth} -% +% % This macro determines the thickness of the horizontal rule % separating the publisher from the edition information. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2608,34 +2841,39 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@barwidth} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\CoverArt@barwidth{2.41pt} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@font} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\CoverArt@font{\Large\raggedleft} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@small} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\CoverArt@small{\footnotesize} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@gap} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\CoverArt@gap{2em} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Redefinitions} +% % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\CoverArt[3]{ \ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined \newfont\CoverTitleFont{cmr17 scaled \magstep 5}% @@ -2651,10 +2889,88 @@ Heft #1\hfill #2.\ Jahrgang\hfill #3 \normalsize \end{center}\vspace*{28.5pt}} -%</ninetyfive> -%<*class> +%</1995> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Special code for 2007 layout} +% +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{Class option for 2005 added. (RN)} +% By now, the material is inserted all in one huge chunk. +% Some parts of this material probably should be moved to other places +% in the DTX file, where they belong.\\ +% \mbox{(HjG 2005-02-04)} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*2007|2008> + +\ProvidesFile{dtk07.clo} + [2007/08/28 v0.1 dtk class option (hv)] + +\renewcommand\CoverArt[3]{% + \ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined + %\newfont\CoverTitleFont{ecrm1700 scaled \magstep 5} + %\newfont\CoverTitleFont{lmr12 scaled 2938} + \DeclareFixedFont\CoverTitleFont{\encodingdefault}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}{41.26}% + \fi + \ifx\CoverNumberFont\@undefined + %\newfont\CoverNumberFont{ecrm1700 scaled 2986} + \DeclareFixedFont\CoverNumberFont{\encodingdefault}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}{51.66}% + \fi + \vspace*{-34pt}\hfill + \setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox to \textheight{\null\hfill\CoverTitleFont + Die \journalname\hfill\null}% + \@tempdimb=\ht\@tempboxa + \advance\@tempdimb by\dp\@tempboxa + \hbox to\@tempdimb{% + \vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{% + \vskip\wd\@tempboxa + \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ + \rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight} + \begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright + \rule{1em}{0pt}% + \dimen2=\textwidth\advance\dimen2-1em + \parbox{\dimen2}{\CoverArt@font + {\Huge\DANTE}\\ + Deutschsprachige\\ + Anwendervereinigung + \TeX\ \eV}\\[1ex] + \dimen3=\textwidth\advance\dimen3-\CoverArt@gap + \hfill\rule{\dimen3}{\CoverArt@linewidth}% + \\[-\baselineskip]\null\hspace{1em}% + {\CoverArt@small\cover@sub{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + \\[-\baselineskip]\rule{0pt}{.617647\textheight}% + \CoverNumberFont + \null\hfill + \makebox(0,0)[br]{% + \textcolor{CoverArt@grey}{% + \CoverArt@strip@no #1;\hspace{1pt}% + }}% Warum verwendet `\CoverArt@strip@no' \CoverTitleFont? RN + \end{minipage}% +} + +\PassOptionsToPackage{ngerman}{babel} +\RequirePackage{babel} +\declare@shorthand{ngerman}{"`}{\frqq}% +\declare@shorthand{ngerman}{"'}{\flqq}% +%\def@dqmacro{`}{\frqq}{\frqq} +%\def@dqmacro{'}{\flqq}{\flqq} +% +\RequirePackage{showexpl} +\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX} +\providecommand\lstverb{% + \leavevmode\bgroup % + \def\lst@boxpos{b}% + \lsthk@PreSet\lstset{flexiblecolumns,basicstyle=\mdseries\ttfamily\normalsize,backgroundcolor={}, + breaklines=false,keywordstyle=\mdseries\ttfamily\normalsize}% + \lsthk@TextStyle + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\afterassignment\lst@InlineG \let\@let@token}% + \lstinline@} +\providecommand*{\ctanurl}[1]{% + \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}% +} +% +%\endinput +%</2007|2008> % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} % % % \subsection{List of Addresses} @@ -2662,7 +2978,7 @@ % Addresses can be given anywhere throughout the whole % document. The address together with the page where it has been % given is stored in the index. -% +% % The list of addresses is handled by the index mechanism of % \LaTeX. I (safely) assume that nobody has the desire to make an % index for a journal. @@ -2671,7 +2987,7 @@ % The address macro takes three arguments. The first argument is the % first name the second is the last name and the third is the % address where several lines can be included which are separated -% by \verb|\\|. +% by \verb|\\|. % % The macro can be e.g. as follows:\\ % \verb|\address{Gerd}{Neugebauer}%|\\ @@ -2687,7 +3003,7 @@ % have to be expanded properly. Unfortunately plain expansion may % leave braces which confuse makeindex. To get rid of these braces % we have to scan the tokens and transfer those tokens that are not -% braces. +% braces. % % We use one big assumption. We assume that a name does not contain % a dollar sign. Well, it is rather unusual that mathematics is @@ -2697,6 +3013,7 @@ % is able to cope with those problems (wait and pray:-) % \changes{1.5}{2001/06/05}{Some magic for doublequote} % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \chardef\DTK@cat=\the\catcode`\" \catcode`\"=13 \newcommand\address[3]{% @@ -2740,7 +3057,11 @@ \def"{\string"}% \def\null{}% \expandafter\@strip\@ddress$%$ + \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \index{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}% + \else + \glossary{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}% + \fi \endgroup } \catcode`\"=\DTK@cat @@ -2779,7 +3100,7 @@ \def\detex@@U{Ue} \def\detex@@s{ss} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{environment}{theaddresses} % The addresses are collected in an environment Addresses. This % environment is used to customize the layout of this list. @@ -2811,23 +3132,25 @@ % For older issues another definition has been used. % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix> +%<*1995|1996> \let\addresssize\relax -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix> +%</1995|1996> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{environment} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\listofaddresses} % This macro reads the index file which is assumed to contain the % properly formatted list of authors. If this file does not exist -% then a warning is printed. +% then a warning is printed. % % \begin{macrocode} \ifDTK@Author@ \newcommand\listofaddresses{% \typeout{*** listofaddresses not supported in articles.}} + \let\makeaddresses\relax% RN 2005-01-15 \else + \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \newcommand\listofaddresses{% \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{}{% \typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}% @@ -2835,10 +3158,20 @@ makeindex -s dtk.ist \jobname}% \typeout{\space}}% } + \else + \newcommand\listofaddresses{% + \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{}{% + \typeout{No file \jobname.gls.}% + \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J% + \@spaces makeindex -s dtk.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo}% + \typeout{\space}}% + } + \let\makeaddresses\makeglossary + \fi \fi % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % % \subsection{The Table of Contents} % @@ -2846,8 +3179,8 @@ % The table of contents should appear as a page of it's own. It % should have an appropriate headline if it is long % enough. Otherwise the first page has no headline and no page -% number. -% +% number. +% % \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} % This macro produces the table of contents. It is not availlable % for single articles @@ -2874,13 +3207,13 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\TOC@configure} % This macro can be used to redefine properties of the table of -% contents. +% contents. % \begin{macrocode} \let\TOC@configure\relax %</class> -%<*ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%<*1997|1998|1999> \def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}} -%</ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine> +%</1997|1998|1999> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2902,11 +3235,11 @@ % \end{macro} % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \ifDTK@Author@\else \renewcommand\ContentsArt{\part@nosubtitle{\contentsname}} \fi -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2939,7 +3272,7 @@ % contents for parts. It simply imitates the layout of chapters % without additional space. % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Definition modified.} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\l@part[2]{% \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}% @@ -2959,7 +3292,7 @@ % For older issues another definition has been used. % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix> +%<*1995|1996> \renewcommand\l@part[2]{% \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}% \addvspace{0.5em plus 0pt}% space above part line @@ -2974,17 +3307,17 @@ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup} -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix> +%</1995|1996> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\l@chapter} % This macro determines the layout of the line in the table of % contents for chapters. It simply imitates the layout of -% sections. +% sections. % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Definition modified.} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\l@chapter[2]{% \begingroup @@ -3006,9 +3339,9 @@ % For older issues another definition has been used. % \begin{macrocode} %</class> -%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix> +%<*1995|1996> \renewcommand\l@chapter{\@dottedtocline{0}{1.5em}{2.3em}} -%</ninetyfive|ninetysix> +%</1995|1996> %<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -3017,7 +3350,232 @@ % If an old layout is requested via a class option then we have to % load now the appropriate class option file. % \begin{macrocode} +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input dtk\DTK@layout.clo} +\else +\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input{dtk\DTK@layout.clo}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% ??? New stuff !!! +% \begin{macrocode} +% RN 2005-01-15 +\IfFileExists{eurosans.sty} +% Reicht eigentlich nicht; die Fonts selbst müssen auch +% vorhanden sein... +{% + \RequirePackage{eurosans} +% ==> http://home.vr-web.de/was/x/latexeuro.pdf +% ==> ftp://ftp.adobe.com/pub/adobe/type/win/all/eurofont.exe +% (unzip eurofont.exe...) +% RN 2005-02-12 + %%%\AtBeginDocument{\let\texteuro\euro} + \AtBeginDocument{% + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}{\euro}}% ??? +} +{% + % Das kann jeder. + \let\DTK@texteuro\texteuro + \AtBeginDocument{% + \renewcommand*\texteuro{\textsf{\DTK@texteuro}}} +} +% From: `graphics.cfg' +% Send papersize information to the output driver +\begingroup + \chardef\x=0 % + % check pdfTeX + \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{% + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \chardef\x=1 % + \fi + }% + % check VTeX + \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{% + \chardef\x=2 % + }% +\expandafter\endgroup +\ifcase\x + % default case + \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}% +\or + % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode + \pdfpagewidth\paperwidth\pdfpageheight\paperheight +\else + % VTeX is running + \mediawidth\paperwidth\mediaheight\paperheight +\fi + +% RN 2005-01-15 +% Solange die lmodern-Schreibmaschinenschrift fehlerhaft ist +% (nicht "monospaced"), nehmen wird das EC-Äquivalent. RN +\AtBeginDocument{% + \begingroup% vielleicht noch intelligenter... + \ttfamily + \@tempdima\fontdimen3\font + \advance\@tempdima\fontdimen4\font + \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@ + \edef\@tempa{\ttdefault}\gdef\ttdefault{cmtt}% + \ClassWarning{dtk}{% + Font `\@tempa' is bad, changed to '\ttdefault'}% + \fi + \endgroup +} +% RN 2005-01-22 +\RequirePackage{makeidx} +% RN 2005-01-22 +% Muss evtl. noch verbessert werden? +\renewenvironment{theindex} + {\begin{multicols}{2}[\section{\indexname}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}]% + \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax + \columnseprule \z@ + \columnsep=10pt + \raggedbottom\raggedright + \let\item\@idxitem} + {\end{multicols}} +\renewcommand\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@} +\renewcommand\subitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}} +\renewcommand\subsubitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}} +%\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus5\p@ \@minus3\p@\relax} +\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus1\p@\relax} + +% 2005-02-11 +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook} +\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{% +%%% \filename@parse{\protect#1}\edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%??? +% \filename@parse{\DTK@local@jobname}% +% \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}% + \edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}% +} +%\show\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook} +\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{} +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook} +\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{\endinput} +% RN 2005-01-22 +\newcommand*\DTK@jobname{} +\ifDTK@Author@ + \edef\DTK@jobname{komoedie} +\else + \edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname} +\fi +\newcommand*\DTK@local@jobname{} +\newcommand*\DTK@local@inputname{} +%%%\newcommand*\DTK@PSforPDF{} +\newcommand*\DTK@eat@version[1][]{\ignorespaces} +% Wie `\input', lädt aber auch komplette Dokumente. RN +\newcommand*\DTK@usepackage{} +\newcommand*\DTKinput[1]{% + \begingroup +% RN/HjG 2005-03-23 + \filename@parse{#1}% + \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}% + \@ifundefined{filename@ext}% + {\IfFileExists{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}}% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.tex}}% + }% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{#1}}% + \renewcommand*\documentclass[2][]{% + %%\edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}% + %%%\let\DTK@PSforPDF\PSforPDF + %\renewcommand\PSforPDF[2][]{}% + %%%\let\PSforPDF\@gobble + \DTK@embedded@documentclasshook + \DTK@eat@version}% + \renewcommand*\usepackage[2][]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}}% + {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}[]}% + }% + \def\DTK@usepackage##1##2[##3]{% + \edef\@tempb{\zap@space##2 \@empty}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempb\do{\def\@tempb{inputenc}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \edef\@tempa{##1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\inputencoding{##1}\fi + \else + \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\NeedPackage{\@tempa}% + \RecordPackage{##1}\@tempa{##3}\DTK@local@inputname + \fi + \fi}}% + \let\pagestyle\@gobble + \let\thispagestyle\@gobble + \let\nocite\@gobble + \let\listfiles\relax + \let\nofiles\relax + \renewcommand*\AtBeginDocument[1]{% + \typeout{\string\AtBeginDocument\space ignored!}} + \renewcommand*\AtEndDocument[1]{% + \typeout{\string\AtEndDocument\space ignored!}} + \renewenvironment*{document}% + %%%{\let\PSforPDF\DTK@PSforPDF}% + %%%{\endinput}% + {\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}% + {\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}% +% RN 2005-02-19, now moved! +% \filename@parse{#1}% +% \@ifundefined{filename@ext}% +% {\InputIfFileExists{#1.ltx}{}{\input{#1}}}{\input{#1}}% + \input{\DTK@local@inputname}% +% end + \endgroup +} +%%%\RequirePackage[final]{ps4pdf} +\@ifdefinable\User@Packages{\newwrite\User@Packages} +\AtBeginDocument{% + %%%\edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}% + %%%\edef\PfP@container{\DTK@jobname-pics.pdf}% + \ifDTK@Author@\else + \listfiles + \InputIfFileExists{userpackages.tex}% + {\typeout{*************************************^^J% + * File `userpackages.tex' used.^^J% + *************************************}% + \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{}% + % warum gibt es kein \@gobblethree? ist jetzt egal! + }% + {% + \immediate\openout\User@Packages userpackages.tex\relax + \begingroup \catcode`\~=\active \let~=\space + \immediate\write\User@Packages{% + \@percentchar\space userpackages.tex^^J% + \@percentchar\space generated by `\jobname'^^J% + \@percentchar\space \DTK@today}% + \endgroup + \AtEndDocument{% + \immediate\closeout\User@Packages\relax}% + \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{% + \immediate\write\User@Packages{% + \string\usepackage[##1]{##2}[##3] % + \@percentchar\space From file: ##4}}% + }% + \fi + % RN 2005-03-21 + \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{% + \ifDTK@Draft@\else + \nolinenumbers + \fi + }{} +} +% RN 2005-01-22 +\def\indexname{Stichwortverzeichnis}% Besser woanders? +% RN 2005-01-23 +\def\printindex{% + \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.ind}{}{% + \typeout{No file \DTK@jobname.ind.}% + \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J% + \@spaces makeindex -s dtk-idx.ist -o \DTK@jobname.ind \DTK@jobname.idx}% + \typeout{\space}}% +} +% RN 2005-01-22 +\@fptop\z@ + % \end{macrocode} % % Now the class is complete. @@ -3122,7 +3680,7 @@ % then follow it with spelling variants. Alternate definitions % are discarded in favor of the official one. Each family is % separated by a line like the following one. -% +% % \begin{macro}{\TeX} % Only change from plain.tex is the \verb|\spacefactor| assignment % (suggested by Phil Taylor), so that \TeX\ at the end of a @@ -3144,6 +3702,13 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\XeTeX} +% The new TeX\ program +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\XeTeX}{X\kern-.1em\lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.15em\TeX} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\AmSLaTeX} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX} @@ -3272,7 +3837,7 @@ % comments at \BibTeX. Different definitions are given by % latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986], amstex/man.sty [15-Dec-1986] % inputs/tugbot.sty [11-Jan-1988], and latex/tugboat.com 1.08 -% [24-Oct-1990]. +% [24-Oct-1990]. % % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\LaTeX{% @@ -3291,7 +3856,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\LaTeXTeX} % This logo is invented in \verb|dtk.cls| to denote either \TeX{} or -% \LaTeX. +% \LaTeX. % % \begin{macrocode} \ifOldLaTeX @@ -3325,7 +3890,7 @@ % imappt.sty, so we should avoid it, and tugboat.com uses % \verb|\mf| for \verb|{\smc Metafont}|. We therefore use % \verb|\manfnt| here, defining it if necessary. QUESTION: should -% we use manfnt, or logo10? +% we use manfnt, or logo10? % % \begin{macrocode} \ifOldLaTeX @@ -3345,7 +3910,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % The following improved definitions are taken from mflogo by Ulrik -% Vieth. +% Vieth. % % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontFamily{U}{logo}{} @@ -3472,7 +4037,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\emTeX} -% +% % \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\emTeX{{em\TeX}} @@ -3480,7 +4045,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\PublicTeX} -% +% % \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\PubliCTeX{PubliC\TeX} @@ -3530,6 +4095,19 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\exTeX} +% This one comes from the \exTeX\ team +% \changes{1.9}{2003/11/03}{logo added.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\exTeX}{% + \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet + \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}% + \kern-.15em\TeX + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % % \subsection{Additional Macros for Acronyms} % @@ -3547,9 +4125,9 @@ % this way in the predecessor style. % \begin{macrocode} %</logos> -%<*ninetyfive> +%<*1995> \renewcommand\eV{e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}} -%</ninetyfive> +%</1995> %<*logos> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -3564,7 +4142,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\Dante} % The long name of DANTE. % \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\Dante{DANTE, +\providecommand\Dante{DANTE, Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX~\eV} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -3661,11 +4239,71 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\ExTeX} +% ^^A das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet +% This logo will generally sport serifs. +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{ExTeX logo added. (RN)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\ExTeX}{% RN 2005-01-15 + \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet + \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}% + \kern-.15em\TeX + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DANTE} +% The ``official logo'' for DANTE is defined, using special fonts. +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{DANTE logo with special fonts added. (RN)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\IfFileExists{ot1dante.fd}% RN 2005-01-15 +{% + \providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{% + \begingroup + \usefont{OT1}{dante}{m}{n}\selectfont DANTE% + \endgroup + } +} +{\providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{DANTE}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ConTeXt} +% \begin{macro}{\conTeXt} +% This one has been missing for a long time! +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/17}{ConTeXt logos added. (RN)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\ConTeXt{Con\TeX t} +\providecommand*\conTeXt{con\TeX t} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\Than} +% Makes life easier \ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\Thanh{H\`an Th\^e\protect\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{\relax}}} Th\`anh} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\MiKTeX} +% \begin{macro}{\MikTeX} +% Yet another logo \dots +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/17}{MiKTeX logo added. (RN)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\MiKTeX{MiK\TeX} +\providecommand*\MikTeX\MiKTeX +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} %</logos> % \end{macrocode} % % +%^^A ??? 2005-02-11 % \section{The Package dtk-pdf for PDF Reprints} % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Packet dtk-pdf integrated.} % @@ -3685,14 +4323,15 @@ % A lot of packages are required to get things right. % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{ae,multicol,graphicx,color} +\RequirePackage{multicol,graphicx,color} \RequirePackage[bookmarks=false]{hyperref} % \end{macrocode} % % Configure the \verb|hyperref| package appropriately. % % \begin{macrocode} -\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=blue} +\definecolor{navy}{rgb}{0,0,.5} +\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=navy} % \end{macrocode} % % Slightly adjust the page on the paper. @@ -3707,10 +4346,10 @@ % This macro contains the number of the volume in which the current % article has been published. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\Volume{?/??} +\renewcommand\Volume{?/??} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Pages} % This macro contains the numbers of the pages on which the % curtrent article has been published originally. @@ -3718,14 +4357,14 @@ \newcommand\Pages{???} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\volume} % This macro is redefined to show appropriate information. % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\volume{\Volume\ -- Nachdruck} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\titlemark} % This macro is used in some old articles. Nowadays it simply has % to eat up one following argument. @@ -3734,7 +4373,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % % \begin{macrocode} \newcount\AdNo \AdNo=0 @@ -3751,7 +4390,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\address[3]{% @@ -3769,7 +4408,7 @@ \texttt{dante@dante.de}}} % \end{macrocode} % -% +% % % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\DTK@keywords{} @@ -3788,32 +4427,37 @@ % information fields aswell. This may lead to problems if they % contain certain macros. % \changes{1.5}{2001/10/21}{Mapping of certain macros} +% \changes{1.8}{2003/06/22}{Making thanks void when processing the +% head of a reprint} % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand\maketitle{% \thispagestyle{empty}% - \newlength{\lx}\settowidth{\lx}{\Large\DTK}% - \advance\lx3em\quad + \newlength{\l@@x}\settowidth{\l@@x}{\Large\DTK}% + \advance\l@@x3em\quad \href{http://www.dante.de/dante/DTK}{% \rotatebox{90}{\hspace*{1.5em}\Large\DTK}} - \rule{.9pt}{\lx}\quad + \rule{.9pt}{\l@@x}\quad % \begin{minipage}[b]{.75\textwidth}\parskip=1ex {\raggedleft\large \href{http://www.dante.de/}{DANTE\\ Deutschsprachige\\ Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V.}\medskip\par - } - \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi\emph{\@title}, \DTK\ - \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip - + }% + {\let\thanks\@gobble + \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi + \ifx\@title\empty\else\emph{\@title}, \fi + } + \DTK\ \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip + \scriptsize Reproduktion oder Nutzung dieses Beitrags durch konventionelle, elektronische oder beliebige andere Verfahren ist nur im nicht-kommerziellen Rahmen gestattet. Verwendungen in gr"o"serem Umfang bitte zur Information bei \dante{} melden. F\"ur kommerzielle Nutzung ist die Zustimmung der Autoren einzuholen. - + \DTK\ ist die Mitgliedszeitschrift von \Dante. Einzelne Hefte - k\"onnen von Mitgliedern bei der Gesch\"aftsstelle von \Dante\ + k\"onnen von Mitgliedern bei der Gesch\"aftsstelle von \Dante\ erworben werden. Mitglieder erhalten \DTK\ im Rahmen ihrer Mitgliedschaft. \end{minipage} @@ -3843,7 +4487,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \verb|\guillemotleft|/\verb|\guillemotright| from the polish % version of the ``computer modern''. % @@ -3865,7 +4509,7 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % -% +% % % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifmaintitle @@ -3873,7 +4517,7 @@ % % Old versions of \LaTeX\ used to define \verb|\footheight|. Some % articles try to redefine this length. Nowadays it is simply -% ignored. +% ignored. % \begin{macrocode} \newlength\footheight % \end{macrocode} @@ -3887,13 +4531,16 @@ % % \section{The Index Style} % \changes{1.4}{2000/08/27}{Index file integrated into the dtx file.} +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{Addresses are now collected via +% glossary instead of index (RN).} +% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{Add keyword \cmd{\glossaryentry} (RN).} % % The index style is used to sort the authors of the journal for % the list of all authors. Makeindex is used for this purpose. Here % we have to define the appropriate configuration file. % % \begin{macrocode} -%<*ist> +%<*adr> actual '*' preamble "\\begin{theaddresses}" postamble "\n\\end{theaddresses}\n" @@ -3907,7 +4554,56 @@ delim_2 "}{" delim_t "}" group_skip "" quote '$' -%</ist> +%%$ +keyword "\\glossaryentry" +%</adr> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \section{The Index Style} +% +% ??? +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*idx> +%% +%% This is file `Letter.ist', +%% +%% The idea is from Ingo Kloeckl, Latex2e: +%% Herbert Voss 000726 +%% +%% This is a MAKEINDEX style file which should be used to +%% generate the formatted change history for use with the doc +%% package. The TeX commands used below are defined in +%% doc.sty. The commands for MAKEINDEX like `level' +%% `item_x1' are described in `` Makeindex, A General +%% Purpose, Formatter-Independent Index Processor'' by +%% Pehong Chen. +%% +headings_flag 1 % headings yes +heading_prefix "{\\SectionFont "% +heading_suffix "}\n" % newline +% +quote '"' +%%level '>' +preamble + "\\begin{theindex}\n" +item_1 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}" +item_01 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}" +item_x1 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}" +item_2 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }" +item_12 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }" +item_x2 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }" +%% +%% +%% End of file `Letter.ist'. +%</idx> % \end{macrocode} % % That's all. @@ -3916,7 +4612,7 @@ quote '$' % \endinput % -% Local Variables: +% Local Variables: % mode: latex % TeX-master: t -% End: +% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins index d768eaf5ab9..9d8b200d3b1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.ins 2007-08-28 21:43:35 hv" %%------------------------------------------------------------------ %% Driver file to extract the dtx style and class files. %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2001 DANTE, -%% Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2005 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.ins is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts %% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for %% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless %% he says so in writing. -%% +%% %% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute %% dtk.ins, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any %% modifications are indicated. -%% +%% %%------------------------------------------------------------------ %% %% Run this file through TeX or LaTeX to extract the files. @@ -23,27 +24,41 @@ %% %%------------------------------------------------------------------ %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% $Id: dtk.ins,v 1.5 2002/04/10 20:57:17 gene Exp $ +%% $Id: dtk.ins,v 1.6 2007/08/28 20:57:17 hv Exp $ %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + \input docstrip.tex \keepsilent \askonceonly -\generate{\file{dtk.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{class}} +\generate{ +% style file still useful? + \file{dtk.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{class}} \file{dtk.cls}{\from{dtk.dtx}{class}} - \file{dtk95.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetyfive}} - \file{dtk96.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetysix}} - \file{dtk97.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetyseven}} - \file{dtk98.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetyeight}} - \file{dtk99.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetynine}} - \file{dtk00.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{twothousand}} - \file{dtk01.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{one}} - \file{dtk02.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{two}} +% \file{dtk95.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1995}} +% \file{dtk96.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1996}} +% \file{dtk97.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1997}} +% \file{dtk98.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1998}} +% \file{dtk99.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1999}} +% \file{dtk00.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2000}} +% \file{dtk01.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2001}} +% \file{dtk02.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2002}} +% \file{dtk03.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2003}} +% \file{dtk04.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2004}} +% \file{dtk05.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2005}} +% \file{dtk06.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2006}} + \file{dtk07.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2006|2007}} +% \file{dtk08.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2008}} +% \file{dtk09.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2009}} \file{dtklogos.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{logos}} \file{dtk-pdf.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{pdf}} } +% warum ohne Prae-/Postambel? +% Makeindex vertraegt doch % als Kommentarzeichen -- oder? \nopreamble\nopostamble -\generate{\file{dtk.ist}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ist}} +\generate{ + \file{dtk-idx.ist}{\from{dtk.dtx}{idx}} + \file{dtk-adr.ist}{\from{dtk.dtx}{adr}} } \Msg{****************************************************************} @@ -52,20 +67,21 @@ \Msg{* files into a directory searched by (La)TeX:} \Msg{*} \Msg{* \space\space dtk.cls dtk.sty} -\Msg{* \space\space dtk95.clo dtk96.clo dtk97.clo dtk98.clo dtk99.clo} -\Msg{* \space\space dtk00.clo dtk01.clo dtk02.clo} +%\Msg{* \space\space dtk95.clo dtk96.clo dtk97.clo dtk98.clo dtk99.clo} +%\Msg{* \space\space dtk00.clo dtk01.clo dtk02.clo dtk03.clo} % dtk04.clo +\Msg{* \space\space dtk07.clo} % dtk06.clo dtk07.clo dtk08.clo dtk09.clo \Msg{* \space\space dtklogos.sty dtk-pdf.sty} \Msg{*} \Msg{* and the following file into a directory searched by makeindex:} \Msg{*} -\Msg{* \space\space dtk.ist} +\Msg{* \space\space dtk-idx.ist dtk-adr.ist} \Msg{*} \Msg{* Additionally copy the following file to a directory searched} \Msg{* by BibTeX:} \Msg{*} \Msg{* \space\space dtk.bst} \Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run dtk.tex through LaTeX,} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run dtk.dtx through LaTeX,} \Msg{* makeindex, and LaTeX twice again.} \Msg{*} \Msg{* Happy TeXing} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-logo.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-logo.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 1f97a59e3b4..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-logo.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,590 +0,0 @@ -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifOldLaTeX -\@ifundefined{documentclass}{\OldLaTeXtrue}{\OldLaTeXfalse} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsection{Compatibility Definitions} -% -% Since we want to use this style with \LaTeX\,2.09 and \LaTeXe{} we have -% to define a common interface. For this purpose we use a subset of -% the style writers interface already defined for \LaTeXe{} style -% writers. Since some macros are not defined in \LaTeX\,2.09 we -% implement them --- at least to the degree needed here. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifOldLaTeX -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Just for fun we define some font switching commands. In fact the -% behaviour in \LaTeXe{} is more complex. But I think these -% definitions are enough to avoid errors. -% \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand\emph[1]{{\em #1}\/} - \newcommand\textbf[1]{{\bf #1}} - \newcommand\textrm[1]{{\rm #1}} - \newcommand\textsc[1]{{\sc #1}} - \newcommand\textsf[1]{{\sf #1}} - \newcommand\textsl[1]{{\sl #1\/}} - \newcommand\textit[1]{{\it #1\/}} - \newcommand\texttt[1]{{\tt #1}} - - \@ifundefined{fontshape}{\let\fontshape=\@gobble}{} - \@ifundefined{selectfont}{\let\selectfont=\relax}{} - - \newcommand\providescommand[2]{\ifx#1\@undefined\newcommand#1{#2}\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsection{Useful Macros} -% -% This section contains some useful abbreviations. They are mainly -% some kind of logos. -% -% The following hack is from Bernd Raichle. -% -% Fuer LaTeX 2.09 (mit oder ohne NFSS) benoetigen wir noch -% so etwas wie \verb|\smaller| aus dem veralteteten `smaller.sty', -% um SmallCaps fuer (fast) alle Schriftarten nachzubilden. -% Fuer SmallCaps muss jedoch um mehr Schriftgrade als bei -% \verb|\smaller| verkleinert werden, so dass hier eine neue -% Definition namens \verb|\logo@smaller| folgt, deren Verkleinerung -% sich an den `math sizes' (hier: \verb|\scriptfont<fam>|) orientiert, -% die standardmaessig mit \LaTeX2e definiert werden. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifOldLaTeX -\expandafter\ifx\csname selectfont\endcsname\relax - % Fuer OFSS benoetigen wir noch einen Hack, damit - % wir wieder auf die Schriftfamilie/Series/Shape - % zurueckwechseln. Dazu ``missbrauchen'' wir die - % `math group/fam', die in den Makros in der Datei - % "lfonts.tex" entsprechend mit veraendert wird. - \newcommand{\logo@sm@ller}{\relax - \expandafter\logo@sm@ll@r\expandafter{\the\fam}} - \newcommand{\logo@sm@ll@r}[1]{% - % \ifx\@currsize\tiny \tiny\fi - \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize \tiny\fi - \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize \tiny\fi - \ifx\@currsize\small \scriptsize\fi - \ifx\@currsize\normalsize \scriptsize\fi - \ifx\@currsize\large \footnotesize\fi - \ifx\@currsize\Large \normalsize\fi - \ifx\@currsize\LARGE \large\fi - \ifx\@currsize\huge \Large\fi - - \ifx\@currsize\Huge \huge\fi - \ifcase#1\relax\rm\or\mit\or\cal\or\tenex % not sure about the tenex - \or\it\or\sl\or\bf\or\tt\or\sf\or\sc\or\ly\fi} -\else - % Mit NFSS (fuer LaTeX 2.09) koennen wir die Groesse - % unabhaengig von den anderen Font-Eigenschaften aendern, - % so dass dies etwas einfacher geht. - \newcommand{\logo@sm@ller}{% - \relax\@nomath\logo@smaller - \ifx\f@size\@vpt \else - \ifx\f@size\@vipt \fontsize\@vpt{6pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@viipt \fontsize\@vpt{6pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@viiipt \fontsize\@vipt{7pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@ixpt \fontsize\@vipt{7pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@xpt \fontsize\@viipt{8pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@xipt \fontsize\@viiipt{9.5pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@xiipt \fontsize\@viiipt{9.5pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@xivpt \fontsize\@xpt{12pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@xviipt \fontsize\@xiipt{14pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@xxpt \fontsize\@xivpt{18pt}\fi - \ifx\f@size\@xxvpt \fontsize\@xxpt{25pt}\fi - \selectfont - \fi} - % die ersten NFSS-Versionen benutzten noch den Makroname - % \size statt \fontsize - \@ifundefined{fontsize}{\let\fontsize=\size}{} -\fi -\newcommand{\logo@smaller}{\protect\logo@sm@ller} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsubsection{Macros from texnames.sty} -% -% The following macros are taken from the file {\tt texnames.sty} -% version \verb|1.09| from \verb|<16 March 1993>| by Nelson -% H.\,F.~Beebe. I have simply included the definitions here to avoid -% additional files to be distributed with dtk.dtx. The original -% documentation has been wrapped into the doc format. And here it goes: -% -% In the following, we first give the ``official'' definition, -% then follow it with spelling variants. Alternate definitions -% are discarded in favor of the official one. Each family is -% separated by a line like the following one. -% -% \begin{macro}{\TeX} -% Only change from plain.tex is the \verb|\spacefactor| assignment -% (suggested by Phil Taylor), so that \TeX\ at the end of a -% sentence isn't treated as an abbreviation. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX% - \spacefactor1000 } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\AmS} -% From the AMS tex/ams/amslatex/fontsel/nfssinst.tex file: -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{AmS}{% - \def\AmS{\(\cal A\)\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox - {\(\cal M\)}\kern-.125em{\(\cal S\)}}}{} -\@ifundefined{AMS}{\let\AMS=\AmS}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\AmSLaTeX} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{AmSLaTeX}{\def\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}}{} -\@ifundefined{AMSLaTeX}{\let\AMSLaTeX=\AmSLaTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\AmSTeX} -% Mike Spivak's amstex/amstex.tex 1.1d [26-Aug-1988] has\\ -% \verb|\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox|\\ -% \verb| {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}|\\ -% and 2.1 [05-Apr-1991] has an equivalent definition. -% AmSTeX's \verb|\textfontii| is exactly the same as \verb|\cal|, which -% all \TeX variants understand. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{AmSTeX}{% - \def\AmSTeX{$\cal A$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}% - \kern-.125em$\cal S$-\TeX}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\AMSTEX} -% Leslie Lamport's latex/tmanual.tex [10-Jul-1984] (an early -% draft of the book) defines it in uppercase with the standard -% definition. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{AMSTEX}{\let\AMSTEX=\AmSTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\AMSTEX} -% Barbara Beeton's latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986] and inputs/tugbot.sty -% [11-Jan-1988] uses this spelling, but the definition\\ -% \verb|\leavevmode\hbox{$\cal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex \hbox{$\cal|\\ -% \verb|M$}\kern-.2em\cal S$-\TeX}| -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{AMSTeX}{\let\AMSTeX=\AmSTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\BibTeX} -% The definitions of \verb|\BibTeX| and \verb|\SLiTeX| in Leslie Lamport's -% latex/local.tex lower the E by 0.7ex, while \TeX in plain.tex lowers -% it by 0.5ex. Oren Patashnik's bibtex/btxdoc.tex and bibtex/btxhak.tex -% [08-Feb-1988] and bibtex/bibtex.web 0.99c [xx-Feb-1988] use this same -% name and definition, but Oren said using \TeX here is ok. (Curiously, -% \LaTeX itself does not define macros for any \TeX ware except \LaTeX and -% \TeX!) -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifOldLaTeX - \newcommand{\BibTeX}{\protect\pBibTeX} - \newcommand{\pBibTeX}{B\kern-.05em% - \hbox{\logo@smaller I\kern-.025emB}\kern-.08em% - \-\TeX} -\else - \DeclareRobustCommand{\BibTeX}{B\kern-.05em% - % Der folgende Hack stammt aus der Definition des - % Makros \LaTeX, siehe Datei `ltlogos.dtx' der - % LaTeX2e-Verteilung. - \hbox{$\m@th$% %% force math size calculations - \csname S@\f@size\endcsname - \fontsize\sf@size\z@ - \math@fontsfalse\selectfont - I\kern-.025emB}% - \kern-.08em% - \-\TeX} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\BIBTeX} -% Leslie Lamport uses this spelling in latex.tex, but not as a -% macro. We include it for consistency with AMSTeX. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{BIBTeX}{\let\BIBTeX=\BibTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\BIBTEX} -% Leslie Lamport's latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984], -% latex/tmanual.tex [10-Jul-1984] (an early draft of the book), -% and latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985] have this spelling, but the -% definition \verb|BIB\kern-.1em\TeX|. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{BIBTEX}{\let\BIBTEX=\BibTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\LAMSTeX} -% From tugboat.com 1.08 [24-Oct-1990]. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{LAMSTeX}{% - \newcommand\LAMSTeX{L\raise.42ex\hbox{\kern-.3em\the\scriptfont2 A}% - \kern-.2em\lower.376ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}% - \kern-.125em {\the\textfont2 S}-\TeX}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\LamSTeX} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{LamSTeX}{\let\LamSTeX=\LAMSTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\LAmSTeX} -% This variant seems likely to appear: -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{LAmSTeX}{\let\LAmSTeX=\LAMSTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\LaTeX} -% The definition from latex.tex (LATEX VERSION 2.09 <14 January 1991>) -% and bibtex.web 0.99c [xx-Feb-1988] lowers the E slightly more than -% \TeX, but consistency seems more desirable. See comments at \BibTeX. -% Different definitions are given by latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986], -% amstex/man.sty [15-Dec-1986] inputs/tugbot.sty [11-Jan-1988], and -% latex/tugboat.com 1.08 [24-Oct-1990]. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{LaTeX}{% - \def\LaTeX{L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em\TeX}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\LATEX} -% latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984] and latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985] -% have this spelling, but different definitions -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{LATEX}{\let\LATEX=\LaTeX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\LATEX} -% latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984] and latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985] -% have this spelling, but different definitions -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifOldLaTeX - \newcommand\LaTeXTeX{(\kern-.15emL\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc - a}\kern-.3em)\kern-.15em\TeX}% -\else - \DeclareRobustCommand{\LaTeXTeX}{(\kern-.15emL\kern-.36em% - {\sbox\z@ T% - \vbox to\ht0{\hbox{$\m@th$% - \csname S@\f@size\endcsname - \fontsize\sf@size\z@ - \math@fontsfalse\selectfont - A}% - \vss}% - }\kern-.2em)% - \kern-.15em% - \TeX} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MF} -% Don Knuth's mf.web 2.7 [xx-Sep-1990] and Barbara Beeton's -% latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986] use an equivalent of this definition. -% The font is variously named \verb|\logo|, \verb|\manfnt|, and -% \verb|\mf|. plain.tex -% preloads \verb|\manfnt|. manfnt has the letters A, E, F, M, N, O, T in -% various sizes plus extra symbols for Don Knuth's books Computers and -% Typesetting, and Concrete Mathematics, while logo10 has only those -% letters in one size. AmSTeX uses \verb|\logo| in amsppt.sty and -% imappt.sty, so we should avoid it, and tugboat.com uses -% \verb|\mf| for \verb|{\smc Metafont}|. We therefore use -% \verb|\manfnt| here, defining it if necessary. QUESTION: should -% we use manfnt, or logo10? -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifOldLaTeX - \ifx\manfnt\@undefined - \font\manfnt=logo10 - \fi - \ifx\manfntsl\@undefined - \font\manfntsl=logosl10 - \fi - \def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \let\manfnt = \manfntsl \fi - {\manfnt META}\-{\manfnt FONT}}\spacefactor1000 }% - \def\MP{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \let\manfnt = \manfntsl \fi - {\manfnt META}\-{\manfnt POST}}\spacefactor1000 }% -\else -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The following improved definitions are taken from mflogo by Ulrik Vieth. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontFamily{U}{logo}{} -\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{m}{n}{ - <8> <9> gen * logo - <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logo10 -}{} -\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{m}{it}{ - <8> <9> gen * logosl - <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logosl10 -}{} -\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{m}{sl}{ - <-> ssub * logo/m/it -}{} -\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{sbc}{n}{ - <8> <9> sub * logo/m/n - <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logobf10 -}{} -\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{b}{n}{ - <8> <9> sub * logo/m/n - <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logod10 -}{} -\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{bx}{n}{ - <-> ssub * logo/b/n -}{} -\DeclareRobustCommand\logofamily{% - \not@math@alphabet\logofamily\relax - \fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{logo}\selectfont} -\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textlogo}{\logofamily} -\def\MF{\textlogo{META}\-\textlogo{FONT}\@} -\def\MP{\textlogo{META}\-\textlogo{POST}\@} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\METAFONT} -% I cannot find any ``official'' uses of this alternate, but it -% seems likely that people will use it. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{METAFONT}{\let\METAFONT=\MF}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\METAPOST} -% In analogy to \verb|METAFONT|. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{METAPOST}{\let\METAPOST=\MP}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\SLITEX} -% Leslie Lamport's latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984]. His -% latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985] and latex/tmanual.tex -% [10-Jul-1984] (an early draft of the book) define it as -% SLI\TeX! The \LaTeX\ User's Guide and Reference Manual (1986) -% appears to use small caps, and possibly kerning, for Sli. -% I need to ask Leslie to suggest a preferred definition. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{SLITEX}{ - \newcommand\SLITEX{% - S\kern-.065em L\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox{i}% - \kern-.03em\TeX}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\SLiTeX} -% latex/local.tex (sample Local Guide) [27-Oct-1988] uses -% this name, but defines it as\\ -% \verb|{\rm S\kern-.06em{\sc l\kern-.035emi}\kern-.06em T\kern|\\ -% \verb| -.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}|\\ -% with an extra-low E, and kerned Sli in small caps. Is this -% what the \LaTeX\ User's Guide and Reference Manual (1986) used? -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{SLiTeX}{\let\SLiTeX=\SLITEX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\SliTeX} -% latex/slitex.tex [08-Jun-1988] uses SliTeX in typeouts, -% but not as a macro -- what a way to confuse the user. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{SliTeX}{\let\SliTeX=\SLITEX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\SLITeX} -% I cannot find a use of this one, but it seems a likely -% candidate anyway, and is consistent with AMSTeX and BIBTeX. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{SLITeX}{\let\SLITeX=\SLITEX}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\NTS} -% This one comes from a communication with Bernd Raichle. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\NTS{\mbox{\mathsurround=0pt - \(\cal N\mkern -4mu\lower .5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}\mkern -2mu S\)}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex} -% This one comes from a communication with Bernd Raichle based on -% makeindex.tex -- released 17 February 1987 by Leslie Lamport. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{MakeIndex}{\newcommand\MakeIndex{\textit{Make\-Index}}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\emTeX} -% -% \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{emTeX}{\newcommand\emTeX{em\TeX}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\PublicTeX} -% -% \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{PubliCTeX}{\newcommand\PubliCTeX{PubliC\TeX}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\TeXXeT} -% This one comes from the sources of web2c. -% \changes{1.2}{1996/12/15}{logo added.} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{TeXXeT}{\newcommand\TeXXeT{% - \TeX--X\kern-.125em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\TeXeT} -% This one comes from the sources of web2c. -% \changes{1.2}{1996/12/15}{logo added.} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{TeXeT}{\newcommand\TeXeT{% - \TeX-X\kern-.125em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Additional Macros for Logos} -% -% The following macros are maily form the predecessor style -% file. Some new ones have been added. -% -% \begin{macro}{\eV} -% The abbreviation for e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em.\ is defined in -% this macro. The kerning of the letters is corrected manually. -% -% Disclaimer: I have not invented this macro. It has been defined -% this way in the predecessor style. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\eV{e.V\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\dante} -% The ``official logo'' for DANTE e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em.\ is -% defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\dante{DANTE \eV} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\Dante} -% The long name of DANTE. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\Dante{DANTE, Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX~\eV} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\DTK} -% The long name of this booklet, eh journal. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\DTK{Die \TeX\-ni\-sche Ko\-m{\"o}\-die} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXe} -% If \verb|\LaTeXe| is not defined then define it. Since this macro -% is so essential we just want to be sure that it exists. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifx\LaTeXe\@undefined - \def\LaTeXe{\LaTeX{}\kern.05em2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\PS} -% We define the logo for Post\-Script. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\PS{Post\-Script} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\PiC} -% For some reason this is not defined in texnames.sty. Since it has -% been in the predecessor of this style it is also defined here. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\PiC{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex\hbox{I}\kern-.075emC} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\PiCTeX} -% Now the previous macro is combined with \TeX. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\TUG} -% The \TeX{} Users Group. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\TUG{\TeX{} Users Group} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\TUGboat} -% The communications of the \TeX{} Users Group -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\TUGboat{\textsl{TUGboat}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\TTN} -% The communications of the \TeX{} Users Group -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\TTN{\textsl{\TeX{} and TUG NEWS}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\NFSS} -% The New Font Selection Scheme. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\NFSS{\textsf{NFSS}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty index 3eca4c67adf..0ffe3cc2a87 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty @@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ %% original source files, as listed above, are part of the %% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be %% in the same archive or directory.) +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts @@ -76,18 +77,19 @@ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2} \def\filename{dtk.dtx} -\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $} -\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $} +\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $} +\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $} \let\docversion=\fileversion \let\docdate=\filedate \ProvidesPackage{dtk-pdf}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene] -\RequirePackage{ae,multicol,graphicx,color} +\RequirePackage{multicol,graphicx,color} \RequirePackage[bookmarks=false]{hyperref} -\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=blue} +\definecolor{navy}{rgb}{0,0,.5} +\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=navy} \oddsidemargin=-10mm \evensidemargin=-10mm \topmargin=-15mm -\newcommand\Volume{?/??} +\renewcommand\Volume{?/??} \newcommand\Pages{???} \renewcommand\volume{\Volume\ -- Nachdruck} \let\titlemark\@gobble @@ -109,20 +111,23 @@ \let\m@ketitle=\maketitle \renewcommand\maketitle{% \thispagestyle{empty}% - \newlength{\lx}\settowidth{\lx}{\Large\DTK}% - \advance\lx3em\quad + \newlength{\l@@x}\settowidth{\l@@x}{\Large\DTK}% + \advance\l@@x3em\quad \href{http://www.dante.de/dante/DTK}{% \rotatebox{90}{\hspace*{1.5em}\Large\DTK}} - \rule{.9pt}{\lx}\quad + \rule{.9pt}{\l@@x}\quad % \begin{minipage}[b]{.75\textwidth}\parskip=1ex {\raggedleft\large \href{http://www.dante.de/}{DANTE\\ Deutschsprachige\\ Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V.}\medskip\par - } - \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi\emph{\@title}, \DTK\ - \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip + }% + {\let\thanks\@gobble + \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi + \ifx\@title\empty\else\emph{\@title}, \fi + } + \DTK\ \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip \scriptsize Reproduktion oder Nutzung dieses Beitrags durch konventionelle, elektronische oder beliebige andere Verfahren ist diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls index 2b40f69f831..76785eb4a88 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls @@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ %% original source files, as listed above, are part of the %% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be %% in the same archive or directory.) +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts @@ -76,12 +77,15 @@ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2} \def\filename{dtk.dtx} -\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $} -\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $} +\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $} +\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $} \let\docversion=\fileversion \let\docdate=\filedate \newif\ifDTK@Author@ \DTK@Author@true +\newif\ifDTK@Draft@ +\newif\ifDTK@lineno@ +\DTK@lineno@false \newif\ifDTK@german@ \DTK@german@true \ifx\documentclass\@undefined @@ -117,6 +121,15 @@ \fi \newread\DTK@file \ProvidesClass{dtk}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene] +\newcommand\DTK@isnum[1]{% + \if!\ifnum9<1#1!\else_\fi + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi +} +\newcommand*\DTK@@thelinenumber{\thepage-\arabic{linenumber}} +%%%% \DeclareOption{10pt}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{11pt}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{12pt}{\OptionNotUsed} @@ -125,6 +138,42 @@ \DeclareOption{full}{\DTK@Author@false} \DeclareOption{omitgerman}{\DTK@german@false} \DeclareOption{ancient}{\def\DTK@layout{95}} +\DeclareOption{draft}{% + \DTK@Draft@true + \DTK@lineno@true + \PassOptionsToPackage{pagewise}{lineno}% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}% +} +\DeclareOption{linenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@true} +\DeclareOption{nolinenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@false} +\DeclareOption{pagewise}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}} +\DeclareOption{running}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}} +\DeclareOption{ln-long}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{% + %\def\Hugo{% + \ifoddNumberedPage% eigtl. Even!!! + \ifodd\c@page + \@tempswatrue %C + \else + \@tempswafalse %D + \fi + \else + \ifodd\c@page + \@tempswafalse %A + \else + \@tempswatrue %B + \fi + \fi + %}\Hugo + %\@tempcnta=\c@page + %\if@tempswa \advance\@tempcnta\@ne \fi + \if@tempswa \advance\c@page\@ne \fi + %\edef\thepage{\the\@tempcnta}% + \thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}} +\DeclareOption{ln-short}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{% + \arabic{linenumber}}} +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \DeclareOption{95}{\def\DTK@layout{95}} \DeclareOption{96}{\def\DTK@layout{96}} \DeclareOption{97}{\def\DTK@layout{97}} @@ -134,9 +183,39 @@ \DeclareOption{01}{\def\DTK@layout{01}} \DeclareOption{02}{\def\DTK@layout{02}} \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}} +\else +\DeclareOption*{% + \DTK@isnum{\CurrentOption}% + {\edef\DTK@layout{\CurrentOption}}% + {\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}% +} +\fi \ProcessOptions \LoadClass{book} +\ifDTK@lineno@ + \RequirePackage{lineno}\linenumbers + \RequirePackage{color}% + \linenumbersep=.8ex + \def\linenumberfont{\normalfont\scriptsize\sffamily\bfseries}% + \definecolor{DTK@lineno@color}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}% SpringGreen + \def\thelinenumber{% + \begingroup + \fboxsep=.3ex\fcolorbox{black}{DTK@lineno@color}{% + \DTK@@thelinenumber}% + \endgroup}% +\fi +%%%%%%%%%% \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} +\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{} +\RequirePackage[full]{textcomp} +\ifDTK@Author@\else + \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\fi +\usepackage[hyphens]{url} +\usepackage[newcommands,newparameters]{ragged2e} +\@ifundefined{flushleft} + {\let\flushleft\FlushLeft\let\endflushleft\endFlushLeft}{} +\usepackage{filecontents} \ifDTK@german@ \RequirePackage{ngerman} \selectlanguage{ngerman} @@ -146,9 +225,10 @@ \typeout{*** Don't forget to use the macro \string\DTKgerman\space afterwards.} \fi +\RequirePackage{multicol} \ifDTK@Author@\else - \RequirePackage{multicol} \RequirePackage{graphicx,color} + \errorcontextlines=100\relax \fi \RequirePackage{dtklogos} \newcommand\NeedPackage[1]{% @@ -159,15 +239,16 @@ \typeout{*** I try to stumble along as good as I can.}% \typeout{*** Expect some undefined macros or other errors.}% \typeout{***}% - \typeout{***} + \typeout{***}% \fi} \paperwidth = 148.5mm \paperheight = 210mm \textheight = 471pt \textwidth = 333pt \oddsidemargin = 0pt -\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin -\topmargin = 0pt +\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin\oddsidemargin -35.89157pt +\evensidemargin -17.70235pt +\topmargin -55.66684pt \headheight = 17pt \headsep = 17pt \footskip = 24pt @@ -181,6 +262,11 @@ \raggedbottom \clubpenalty = 10000 \widowpenalty = 10000 +\marginparwidth=1cm +\@ifdefinable\DTK@orig@marginpar{\let\DTK@orig@marginpar\marginpar} +\renewcommand*\marginpar{% + \ClassWarning{dtk}{Command `\string\marginpar' not expected}% + \DTK@orig@marginpar} \newcommand\DTKgerman{ \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman @@ -190,20 +276,50 @@ \DTK@captionsgerman \gdef\refname{Literatur}% \gdef\bibname{Literatur}% - \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \volume}% + \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \Volume}% } \ifDTK@german@ \DTKgerman \fi \newcommand\addressname{Autoren/Organisatoren} \newcommand\journalname{Die \TeX nische Kom{\"o}die} -\newcommand\volume{?/?? --- Entwurf \today\ +\newcommand\Volume{?/??} +\newcommand\volume{\Volume\ --- Entwurf \today\ \begingroup \count1=\time\divide\count1 60 \count2=\count1 \multiply\count2 -60 \advance\count2\time - \the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2 + \ifnum\count1<10 0\fi\the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2 \endgroup } +\newcommand*\DTK@corr@version{} +\ifDTK@Author@\else + \newcommand*\DTK@today{}% + \begingroup + \count@\time + \divide\count@ 60\relax + \count2=-\count@ + \multiply\count2 60\relax + \advance\count2 \time + %% \loggingall %% Wuduh! + \xdef\DTK@today{% + \the\year-\two@digits{\the\month}-\two@digits{\the\day}% %!!! \the + %\protect~% Warum geht das nicht? + \noexpand\noexpand~% + %% Wuduh! 2 \noexpand noetig? Weil \number\the 2mal zuschlaegt? + %% Ohne \the langt 1 \noexpand! + \two@digits{\the\count@}:\two@digits{\the\count2}}% + %%\show\DTK@today + \endgroup + \ifDTK@Draft@ + \def\DTK@corr@version{\fbox{Korrekturversion:~\DTK@today}}% + \AtEndOfClass{% + \let\ps@empty=\ps@plain + \let\ps@part=\ps@plain}% + \else + \let\@LN\@gobbletwo% Wegen .aux-Datei von vorherigem lineno-Lauf + \let\@LN@col\@gobble + \fi +\fi \newcommand\footmark{\journalname\ \volume} \newcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\sf} \newcommand\SectionFont{\large\sf} @@ -274,6 +390,12 @@ \providecommand\Macro[1]{\texttt{#1}} \providecommand\Environment[1]{\texttt{#1}} \providecommand\Email[1]{\texttt{#1}} +%% hv 2006-08-11 +\providecommand*{\nolinkurl}{\url} +\providecommand*{\href}[1]{} +\newcommand*{\CTANurl}[1]{% + \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}% +} \providecommand\Acronym[1]{\textsc{#1}} \def\@listI{% \leftmargin = \leftmargini @@ -517,12 +639,24 @@ \let\\=\relax \PagenoFont \thepage\hfil\HeadFont \leftmark}\kern 3pt \ifdim\HeadRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\HeadRuleDepth\fi}}% +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17 \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}% \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi - \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}} + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}% +\else + \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}% + \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \null\FootFont\DTK@corr@version\hfil \footmark}}}% +\fi +} \let\ps@headings\ps@plain \newcommand\ps@part{% \let\@mkboth=\@gobbletwo @@ -531,21 +665,47 @@ \let\subsectionmark=\@gobble \let\@oddhead=\@empty \let\@evenhead=\@empty +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17 \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}% \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi - \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}} + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}% +\else + \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}% + \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \null\FootFont \DTK@corr@version\hfil\footmark}}}% +\fi +} \pagestyle{plain} -\ifDTK@Author@\else +\ifDTK@Author@ + \AtEndOfClass{%\show\DTK@jobname + \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.inf}{% + \renewcommand\volume{\Volume}}{}}% +\else \newcommand\DieTeXnischeKomoedie[3]{% \thispagestyle{empty}% - \gdef\volume{#1}% + \gdef\Volume{#1}% + \xdef\volume{\Volume}%??? \gdef\DTKedition{#2}% \gdef\DTKdate{#3}% + \immediate\openout\@unused \jobname.inf\relax + \immediate\write\@unused{% + \string\gdef\string\Volume{#1}^^J% + \string\gdef\string\DTKedition{#2}^^J% + \string\gdef\string\DTKdate{#3}% + }% + \immediate\closeout\@unused + \iffalse% RN 2005-02-20; unnoetig, da localer \jobname usw. \global\let\bibliography=\DTK@bibliography \global\let\bibliographystyle=\@gobble + \fi \CoverArt{#1}{#2}{#3}% \newpage} \fi @@ -564,7 +724,7 @@ \hbox to\@tempdimb{% \vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{% \vskip\wd\@tempboxa - \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ + \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ % \rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight} \begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright \rule{1em}{0pt}% @@ -642,7 +802,11 @@ \def"{\string"}% \def\null{}% \expandafter\@strip\@ddress$%$ + \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \index{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}% + \else + \glossary{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}% + \fi \endgroup } \catcode`\"=\DTK@cat @@ -695,7 +859,9 @@ \ifDTK@Author@ \newcommand\listofaddresses{% \typeout{*** listofaddresses not supported in articles.}} + \let\makeaddresses\relax% RN 2005-01-15 \else + \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \newcommand\listofaddresses{% \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{}{% \typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}% @@ -703,6 +869,16 @@ makeindex -s dtk.ist \jobname}% \typeout{\space}}% } + \else + \newcommand\listofaddresses{% + \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{}{% + \typeout{No file \jobname.gls.}% + \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J% + \@spaces makeindex -s dtk.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo}% + \typeout{\space}}% + } + \let\makeaddresses\makeglossary + \fi \fi \ifDTK@Author@ \renewcommand\tableofcontents{% @@ -767,7 +943,198 @@ \hbox to\@tempdimb{#2\hss}% #1\par \endgroup} +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input dtk\DTK@layout.clo} +\else +\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input{dtk\DTK@layout.clo}} +\fi +\IfFileExists{eurosans.sty} +{% + \RequirePackage{eurosans} + %%%\AtBeginDocument{\let\texteuro\euro} + \AtBeginDocument{% + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}{\euro}}% ??? +} +{% + % Das kann jeder. + \let\DTK@texteuro\texteuro + \AtBeginDocument{% + \renewcommand*\texteuro{\textsf{\DTK@texteuro}}} +} +\begingroup + \chardef\x=0 % + % check pdfTeX + \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{% + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \chardef\x=1 % + \fi + }% + % check VTeX + \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{% + \chardef\x=2 % + }% +\expandafter\endgroup +\ifcase\x + % default case + \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}% +\or + % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode + \pdfpagewidth\paperwidth\pdfpageheight\paperheight +\else + % VTeX is running + \mediawidth\paperwidth\mediaheight\paperheight +\fi + +\AtBeginDocument{% + \begingroup% vielleicht noch intelligenter... + \ttfamily + \@tempdima\fontdimen3\font + \advance\@tempdima\fontdimen4\font + \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@ + \edef\@tempa{\ttdefault}\gdef\ttdefault{cmtt}% + \ClassWarning{dtk}{% + Font `\@tempa' is bad, changed to '\ttdefault'}% + \fi + \endgroup +} +\RequirePackage{makeidx} +\renewenvironment{theindex} + {\begin{multicols}{2}[\section{\indexname}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}]% + \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax + \columnseprule \z@ + \columnsep=10pt + \raggedbottom\raggedright + \let\item\@idxitem} + {\end{multicols}} +\renewcommand\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@} +\renewcommand\subitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}} +\renewcommand\subsubitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}} +\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus1\p@\relax} + +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook} +\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{% +%%% \filename@parse{\protect#1}\edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%??? + \edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}% +} +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook} +\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{} +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook} +\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{\endinput} +\newcommand*\DTK@jobname{} +\ifDTK@Author@ + \edef\DTK@jobname{komoedie} +\else + \edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname} +\fi +\newcommand*\DTK@local@jobname{} +\newcommand*\DTK@local@inputname{} +%%%\newcommand*\DTK@PSforPDF{} +\newcommand*\DTK@eat@version[1][]{\ignorespaces} +\newcommand*\DTK@usepackage{} +\newcommand*\DTKinput[1]{% + \begingroup + \filename@parse{#1}% + \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}% + \@ifundefined{filename@ext}% + {\IfFileExists{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}}% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.tex}}% + }% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{#1}}% + \renewcommand*\documentclass[2][]{% + %%\edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}% + %%%\let\DTK@PSforPDF\PSforPDF + %\renewcommand\PSforPDF[2][]{}% + %%%\let\PSforPDF\@gobble + \DTK@embedded@documentclasshook + \DTK@eat@version}% + \renewcommand*\usepackage[2][]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}}% + {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}[]}% + }% + \def\DTK@usepackage##1##2[##3]{% + \edef\@tempb{\zap@space##2 \@empty}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempb\do{\def\@tempb{inputenc}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \edef\@tempa{##1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\inputencoding{##1}\fi + \else + \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\NeedPackage{\@tempa}% + \RecordPackage{##1}\@tempa{##3}\DTK@local@inputname + \fi + \fi}}% + \let\pagestyle\@gobble + \let\thispagestyle\@gobble + \let\nocite\@gobble + \let\listfiles\relax + \let\nofiles\relax + \renewcommand*\AtBeginDocument[1]{% + \typeout{\string\AtBeginDocument\space ignored!}} + \renewcommand*\AtEndDocument[1]{% + \typeout{\string\AtEndDocument\space ignored!}} + \renewenvironment*{document}% + %%%{\let\PSforPDF\DTK@PSforPDF}% + %%%{\endinput}% + {\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}% + {\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}% + \input{\DTK@local@inputname}% + \endgroup +} +%%%\RequirePackage[final]{ps4pdf} +\@ifdefinable\User@Packages{\newwrite\User@Packages} +\AtBeginDocument{% + %%%\edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}% + %%%\edef\PfP@container{\DTK@jobname-pics.pdf}% + \ifDTK@Author@\else + \listfiles + \InputIfFileExists{userpackages.tex}% + {\typeout{*************************************^^J% + * File `userpackages.tex' used.^^J% + *************************************}% + \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{}% + % warum gibt es kein \@gobblethree? ist jetzt egal! + }% + {% + \immediate\openout\User@Packages userpackages.tex\relax + \begingroup \catcode`\~=\active \let~=\space + \immediate\write\User@Packages{% + \@percentchar\space userpackages.tex^^J% + \@percentchar\space generated by `\jobname'^^J% + \@percentchar\space \DTK@today}% + \endgroup + \AtEndDocument{% + \immediate\closeout\User@Packages\relax}% + \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{% + \immediate\write\User@Packages{% + \string\usepackage[##1]{##2}[##3] % + \@percentchar\space From file: ##4}}% + }% + \fi + % RN 2005-03-21 + \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{% + \ifDTK@Draft@\else + \nolinenumbers + \fi + }{} +} +\def\indexname{Stichwortverzeichnis}% Besser woanders? +\def\printindex{% + \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.ind}{}{% + \typeout{No file \DTK@jobname.ind.}% + \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J% + \@spaces makeindex -s dtk-idx.ist -o \DTK@jobname.ind \DTK@jobname.idx}% + \typeout{\space}}% +} +\@fptop\z@ + \endinput %% %% End of file `dtk.cls'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty index 98bcb3c5afb..9990c26e07d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty @@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ %% original source files, as listed above, are part of the %% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be %% in the same archive or directory.) +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts @@ -76,12 +77,15 @@ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2} \def\filename{dtk.dtx} -\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $} -\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $} +\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $} +\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $} \let\docversion=\fileversion \let\docdate=\filedate \newif\ifDTK@Author@ \DTK@Author@true +\newif\ifDTK@Draft@ +\newif\ifDTK@lineno@ +\DTK@lineno@false \newif\ifDTK@german@ \DTK@german@true \ifx\documentclass\@undefined @@ -117,6 +121,15 @@ \fi \newread\DTK@file \ProvidesClass{dtk}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene] +\newcommand\DTK@isnum[1]{% + \if!\ifnum9<1#1!\else_\fi + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi +} +\newcommand*\DTK@@thelinenumber{\thepage-\arabic{linenumber}} +%%%% \DeclareOption{10pt}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{11pt}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{12pt}{\OptionNotUsed} @@ -125,6 +138,42 @@ \DeclareOption{full}{\DTK@Author@false} \DeclareOption{omitgerman}{\DTK@german@false} \DeclareOption{ancient}{\def\DTK@layout{95}} +\DeclareOption{draft}{% + \DTK@Draft@true + \DTK@lineno@true + \PassOptionsToPackage{pagewise}{lineno}% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}% +} +\DeclareOption{linenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@true} +\DeclareOption{nolinenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@false} +\DeclareOption{pagewise}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}} +\DeclareOption{running}{% + \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}} +\DeclareOption{ln-long}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{% + %\def\Hugo{% + \ifoddNumberedPage% eigtl. Even!!! + \ifodd\c@page + \@tempswatrue %C + \else + \@tempswafalse %D + \fi + \else + \ifodd\c@page + \@tempswafalse %A + \else + \@tempswatrue %B + \fi + \fi + %}\Hugo + %\@tempcnta=\c@page + %\if@tempswa \advance\@tempcnta\@ne \fi + \if@tempswa \advance\c@page\@ne \fi + %\edef\thepage{\the\@tempcnta}% + \thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}} +\DeclareOption{ln-short}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{% + \arabic{linenumber}}} +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \DeclareOption{95}{\def\DTK@layout{95}} \DeclareOption{96}{\def\DTK@layout{96}} \DeclareOption{97}{\def\DTK@layout{97}} @@ -134,9 +183,39 @@ \DeclareOption{01}{\def\DTK@layout{01}} \DeclareOption{02}{\def\DTK@layout{02}} \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}} +\else +\DeclareOption*{% + \DTK@isnum{\CurrentOption}% + {\edef\DTK@layout{\CurrentOption}}% + {\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}% +} +\fi \ProcessOptions \LoadClass{book} +\ifDTK@lineno@ + \RequirePackage{lineno}\linenumbers + \RequirePackage{color}% + \linenumbersep=.8ex + \def\linenumberfont{\normalfont\scriptsize\sffamily\bfseries}% + \definecolor{DTK@lineno@color}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}% SpringGreen + \def\thelinenumber{% + \begingroup + \fboxsep=.3ex\fcolorbox{black}{DTK@lineno@color}{% + \DTK@@thelinenumber}% + \endgroup}% +\fi +%%%%%%%%%% \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} +\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{} +\RequirePackage[full]{textcomp} +\ifDTK@Author@\else + \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\fi +\usepackage[hyphens]{url} +\usepackage[newcommands,newparameters]{ragged2e} +\@ifundefined{flushleft} + {\let\flushleft\FlushLeft\let\endflushleft\endFlushLeft}{} +\usepackage{filecontents} \ifDTK@german@ \RequirePackage{ngerman} \selectlanguage{ngerman} @@ -146,9 +225,10 @@ \typeout{*** Don't forget to use the macro \string\DTKgerman\space afterwards.} \fi +\RequirePackage{multicol} \ifDTK@Author@\else - \RequirePackage{multicol} \RequirePackage{graphicx,color} + \errorcontextlines=100\relax \fi \RequirePackage{dtklogos} \newcommand\NeedPackage[1]{% @@ -159,15 +239,16 @@ \typeout{*** I try to stumble along as good as I can.}% \typeout{*** Expect some undefined macros or other errors.}% \typeout{***}% - \typeout{***} + \typeout{***}% \fi} \paperwidth = 148.5mm \paperheight = 210mm \textheight = 471pt \textwidth = 333pt \oddsidemargin = 0pt -\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin -\topmargin = 0pt +\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin\oddsidemargin -35.89157pt +\evensidemargin -17.70235pt +\topmargin -55.66684pt \headheight = 17pt \headsep = 17pt \footskip = 24pt @@ -181,6 +262,11 @@ \raggedbottom \clubpenalty = 10000 \widowpenalty = 10000 +\marginparwidth=1cm +\@ifdefinable\DTK@orig@marginpar{\let\DTK@orig@marginpar\marginpar} +\renewcommand*\marginpar{% + \ClassWarning{dtk}{Command `\string\marginpar' not expected}% + \DTK@orig@marginpar} \newcommand\DTKgerman{ \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman @@ -190,20 +276,50 @@ \DTK@captionsgerman \gdef\refname{Literatur}% \gdef\bibname{Literatur}% - \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \volume}% + \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \Volume}% } \ifDTK@german@ \DTKgerman \fi \newcommand\addressname{Autoren/Organisatoren} \newcommand\journalname{Die \TeX nische Kom{\"o}die} -\newcommand\volume{?/?? --- Entwurf \today\ +\newcommand\Volume{?/??} +\newcommand\volume{\Volume\ --- Entwurf \today\ \begingroup \count1=\time\divide\count1 60 \count2=\count1 \multiply\count2 -60 \advance\count2\time - \the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2 + \ifnum\count1<10 0\fi\the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2 \endgroup } +\newcommand*\DTK@corr@version{} +\ifDTK@Author@\else + \newcommand*\DTK@today{}% + \begingroup + \count@\time + \divide\count@ 60\relax + \count2=-\count@ + \multiply\count2 60\relax + \advance\count2 \time + %% \loggingall %% Wuduh! + \xdef\DTK@today{% + \the\year-\two@digits{\the\month}-\two@digits{\the\day}% %!!! \the + %\protect~% Warum geht das nicht? + \noexpand\noexpand~% + %% Wuduh! 2 \noexpand noetig? Weil \number\the 2mal zuschlaegt? + %% Ohne \the langt 1 \noexpand! + \two@digits{\the\count@}:\two@digits{\the\count2}}% + %%\show\DTK@today + \endgroup + \ifDTK@Draft@ + \def\DTK@corr@version{\fbox{Korrekturversion:~\DTK@today}}% + \AtEndOfClass{% + \let\ps@empty=\ps@plain + \let\ps@part=\ps@plain}% + \else + \let\@LN\@gobbletwo% Wegen .aux-Datei von vorherigem lineno-Lauf + \let\@LN@col\@gobble + \fi +\fi \newcommand\footmark{\journalname\ \volume} \newcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\sf} \newcommand\SectionFont{\large\sf} @@ -274,6 +390,12 @@ \providecommand\Macro[1]{\texttt{#1}} \providecommand\Environment[1]{\texttt{#1}} \providecommand\Email[1]{\texttt{#1}} +%% hv 2006-08-11 +\providecommand*{\nolinkurl}{\url} +\providecommand*{\href}[1]{} +\newcommand*{\CTANurl}[1]{% + \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}% +} \providecommand\Acronym[1]{\textsc{#1}} \def\@listI{% \leftmargin = \leftmargini @@ -517,12 +639,24 @@ \let\\=\relax \PagenoFont \thepage\hfil\HeadFont \leftmark}\kern 3pt \ifdim\HeadRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\HeadRuleDepth\fi}}% +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17 \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}% \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi - \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}} + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}% +\else + \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}% + \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \null\FootFont\DTK@corr@version\hfil \footmark}}}% +\fi +} \let\ps@headings\ps@plain \newcommand\ps@part{% \let\@mkboth=\@gobbletwo @@ -531,21 +665,47 @@ \let\subsectionmark=\@gobble \let\@oddhead=\@empty \let\@evenhead=\@empty +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17 \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}% \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi - \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}} + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}% +\else + \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}% + \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{% + \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi + \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{% + \null\FootFont \DTK@corr@version\hfil\footmark}}}% +\fi +} \pagestyle{plain} -\ifDTK@Author@\else +\ifDTK@Author@ + \AtEndOfClass{%\show\DTK@jobname + \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.inf}{% + \renewcommand\volume{\Volume}}{}}% +\else \newcommand\DieTeXnischeKomoedie[3]{% \thispagestyle{empty}% - \gdef\volume{#1}% + \gdef\Volume{#1}% + \xdef\volume{\Volume}%??? \gdef\DTKedition{#2}% \gdef\DTKdate{#3}% + \immediate\openout\@unused \jobname.inf\relax + \immediate\write\@unused{% + \string\gdef\string\Volume{#1}^^J% + \string\gdef\string\DTKedition{#2}^^J% + \string\gdef\string\DTKdate{#3}% + }% + \immediate\closeout\@unused + \iffalse% RN 2005-02-20; unnoetig, da localer \jobname usw. \global\let\bibliography=\DTK@bibliography \global\let\bibliographystyle=\@gobble + \fi \CoverArt{#1}{#2}{#3}% \newpage} \fi @@ -564,7 +724,7 @@ \hbox to\@tempdimb{% \vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{% \vskip\wd\@tempboxa - \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ + \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ % \rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight} \begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright \rule{1em}{0pt}% @@ -642,7 +802,11 @@ \def"{\string"}% \def\null{}% \expandafter\@strip\@ddress$%$ + \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \index{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}% + \else + \glossary{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}% + \fi \endgroup } \catcode`\"=\DTK@cat @@ -695,7 +859,9 @@ \ifDTK@Author@ \newcommand\listofaddresses{% \typeout{*** listofaddresses not supported in articles.}} + \let\makeaddresses\relax% RN 2005-01-15 \else + \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \newcommand\listofaddresses{% \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{}{% \typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}% @@ -703,6 +869,16 @@ makeindex -s dtk.ist \jobname}% \typeout{\space}}% } + \else + \newcommand\listofaddresses{% + \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{}{% + \typeout{No file \jobname.gls.}% + \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J% + \@spaces makeindex -s dtk.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo}% + \typeout{\space}}% + } + \let\makeaddresses\makeglossary + \fi \fi \ifDTK@Author@ \renewcommand\tableofcontents{% @@ -767,7 +943,198 @@ \hbox to\@tempdimb{#2\hss}% #1\par \endgroup} +\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15 \@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input dtk\DTK@layout.clo} +\else +\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input{dtk\DTK@layout.clo}} +\fi +\IfFileExists{eurosans.sty} +{% + \RequirePackage{eurosans} + %%%\AtBeginDocument{\let\texteuro\euro} + \AtBeginDocument{% + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}{\euro}}% ??? +} +{% + % Das kann jeder. + \let\DTK@texteuro\texteuro + \AtBeginDocument{% + \renewcommand*\texteuro{\textsf{\DTK@texteuro}}} +} +\begingroup + \chardef\x=0 % + % check pdfTeX + \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{% + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \chardef\x=1 % + \fi + }% + % check VTeX + \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{% + \chardef\x=2 % + }% +\expandafter\endgroup +\ifcase\x + % default case + \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}% +\or + % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode + \pdfpagewidth\paperwidth\pdfpageheight\paperheight +\else + % VTeX is running + \mediawidth\paperwidth\mediaheight\paperheight +\fi + +\AtBeginDocument{% + \begingroup% vielleicht noch intelligenter... + \ttfamily + \@tempdima\fontdimen3\font + \advance\@tempdima\fontdimen4\font + \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@ + \edef\@tempa{\ttdefault}\gdef\ttdefault{cmtt}% + \ClassWarning{dtk}{% + Font `\@tempa' is bad, changed to '\ttdefault'}% + \fi + \endgroup +} +\RequirePackage{makeidx} +\renewenvironment{theindex} + {\begin{multicols}{2}[\section{\indexname}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}]% + \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax + \columnseprule \z@ + \columnsep=10pt + \raggedbottom\raggedright + \let\item\@idxitem} + {\end{multicols}} +\renewcommand\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@} +\renewcommand\subitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}} +\renewcommand\subsubitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}} +\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus1\p@\relax} + +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook} +\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{% +%%% \filename@parse{\protect#1}\edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%??? + \edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}% +} +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook} +\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{} +\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook{} +\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{% + \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook} +\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{\endinput} +\newcommand*\DTK@jobname{} +\ifDTK@Author@ + \edef\DTK@jobname{komoedie} +\else + \edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname} +\fi +\newcommand*\DTK@local@jobname{} +\newcommand*\DTK@local@inputname{} +%%%\newcommand*\DTK@PSforPDF{} +\newcommand*\DTK@eat@version[1][]{\ignorespaces} +\newcommand*\DTK@usepackage{} +\newcommand*\DTKinput[1]{% + \begingroup + \filename@parse{#1}% + \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}% + \@ifundefined{filename@ext}% + {\IfFileExists{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}}% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.tex}}% + }% + {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{#1}}% + \renewcommand*\documentclass[2][]{% + %%\edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}% + %%%\let\DTK@PSforPDF\PSforPDF + %\renewcommand\PSforPDF[2][]{}% + %%%\let\PSforPDF\@gobble + \DTK@embedded@documentclasshook + \DTK@eat@version}% + \renewcommand*\usepackage[2][]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}}% + {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}[]}% + }% + \def\DTK@usepackage##1##2[##3]{% + \edef\@tempb{\zap@space##2 \@empty}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempb\do{\def\@tempb{inputenc}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \edef\@tempa{##1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\inputencoding{##1}\fi + \else + \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\NeedPackage{\@tempa}% + \RecordPackage{##1}\@tempa{##3}\DTK@local@inputname + \fi + \fi}}% + \let\pagestyle\@gobble + \let\thispagestyle\@gobble + \let\nocite\@gobble + \let\listfiles\relax + \let\nofiles\relax + \renewcommand*\AtBeginDocument[1]{% + \typeout{\string\AtBeginDocument\space ignored!}} + \renewcommand*\AtEndDocument[1]{% + \typeout{\string\AtEndDocument\space ignored!}} + \renewenvironment*{document}% + %%%{\let\PSforPDF\DTK@PSforPDF}% + %%%{\endinput}% + {\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}% + {\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}% + \input{\DTK@local@inputname}% + \endgroup +} +%%%\RequirePackage[final]{ps4pdf} +\@ifdefinable\User@Packages{\newwrite\User@Packages} +\AtBeginDocument{% + %%%\edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}% + %%%\edef\PfP@container{\DTK@jobname-pics.pdf}% + \ifDTK@Author@\else + \listfiles + \InputIfFileExists{userpackages.tex}% + {\typeout{*************************************^^J% + * File `userpackages.tex' used.^^J% + *************************************}% + \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{}% + % warum gibt es kein \@gobblethree? ist jetzt egal! + }% + {% + \immediate\openout\User@Packages userpackages.tex\relax + \begingroup \catcode`\~=\active \let~=\space + \immediate\write\User@Packages{% + \@percentchar\space userpackages.tex^^J% + \@percentchar\space generated by `\jobname'^^J% + \@percentchar\space \DTK@today}% + \endgroup + \AtEndDocument{% + \immediate\closeout\User@Packages\relax}% + \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{% + \immediate\write\User@Packages{% + \string\usepackage[##1]{##2}[##3] % + \@percentchar\space From file: ##4}}% + }% + \fi + % RN 2005-03-21 + \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{% + \ifDTK@Draft@\else + \nolinenumbers + \fi + }{} +} +\def\indexname{Stichwortverzeichnis}% Besser woanders? +\def\printindex{% + \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.ind}{}{% + \typeout{No file \DTK@jobname.ind.}% + \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J% + \@spaces makeindex -s dtk-idx.ist -o \DTK@jobname.ind \DTK@jobname.idx}% + \typeout{\space}}% +} +\@fptop\z@ + \endinput %% %% End of file `dtk.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk02.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk02.clo deleted file mode 100644 index 075178f7c5b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk02.clo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `dtk02.clo', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `two') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk02.clo. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% Purpose: -%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. -%% -%% Documentation: -%% The documentation can be generated from the original file -%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to -%% get the full documentation in DVI format. -%% -%% -%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer -%% Mainzer Str. 8 -%% 56321 Rhens (Germany) -%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. -%% -%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts -%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for -%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless -%% he says so in writing. -%% -%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute -%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any -%% modifications are indicated. -%% -%% -%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with -%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\newcommand\DTK@bibliography@rightskip{} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `dtk02.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk00.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk07.clo index 458e22db3f6..2b86288d557 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk00.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk07.clo @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ %% -%% This is file `dtk00.clo', +%% This is file `dtk07.clo', %% generated with the docstrip utility. %% %% The original source files were: %% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `twothousand') +%% dtk.dtx (with options: `2006|2007') %% %% IMPORTANT NOTICE: %% %% For the copyright see the source file. %% %% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk00.clo. +%% with new filenames distinct from dtk07.clo. %% %% For distribution of the original source see the terms %% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. @@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ %% original source files, as listed above, are part of the %% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be %% in the same archive or directory.) +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts @@ -74,7 +75,6 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\emergencystretch = 0pt \endinput %% -%% End of file `dtk00.clo'. +%% End of file `dtk07.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk95.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk95.clo deleted file mode 100644 index f9af7aa3ee4..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk95.clo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `dtk95.clo', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetyfive') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk95.clo. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% Purpose: -%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. -%% -%% Documentation: -%% The documentation can be generated from the original file -%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to -%% get the full documentation in DVI format. -%% -%% -%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer -%% Mainzer Str. 8 -%% 56321 Rhens (Germany) -%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. -%% -%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts -%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for -%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless -%% he says so in writing. -%% -%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute -%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any -%% modifications are indicated. -%% -%% -%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with -%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc} -\textheight = 484pt -\textwidth = 342pt -\headheight = 14pt -\headsep = 12pt -\footskip = 21pt -\columnsep = 10pt -\emergencystretch = 0pt -\renewcommand\DTKgerman{ - \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman - \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman - \selectlanguage{german}% -} -\ifDTK@german@ - \DTKgerman -\fi -\renewcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\bf} -\renewcommand\SectionFont{\normalsize\bf} -\renewcommand\SubsectionFont{\normalsize\it} -\renewcommand\SubsubsectionFont{\normalsize\it} -\renewcommand\AuthorFont{\normalsize\rm} -\renewcommand\TitleFont{\large\bf} -\renewcommand\HeadFont{\sl} -\renewcommand\FootFont{\footnotesize\sl} -\renewcommand\PagenoFont{\rm} -\renewcommand\HeadRuleDepth{0.1pt} -\renewcommand\FootRuleDepth{0.1pt} -\renewcommand\labelitemi{$\m@th\bullet$} -\renewcommand\labelitemii{\bf --} -\renewcommand\labelitemiii{$\m@th\ast$} -\setlength\leftmargini{2.5em} -\setlength\leftmarginii{2.2em} -\setlength\leftmarginiii{1.87em} -\setlength\leftmarginiv{1.7em} -\renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1} -\renewenvironment{quotation}{% - \list{}{\listparindent 1.5em - \itemindent\listparindent - \rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep \z@ plus\p@}% - \item\relax -}{\endlist} -\renewcommand\TopArt[2]{% - \begingroup - \unitlength = 1pt - \@tempcnta = \textwidth - \divide\@tempcnta by \unitlength - \framebox(\@tempcnta,38){\parbox{.95\textwidth}{% - \begin{center}{\large\bf #1}#2 \end{center}}} - \endgroup} -\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{% - -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{.5ex plus.2ex}{\SectionFont}} -\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{% - -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsectionFont}} -\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{% - -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} -\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{% - 1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} -\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}% - {\parindent}{1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}} -\renewcommand\DTKtitle@skip{0pt} -\renewcommand\DTKtitle@sep{\rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}% - \vskip 14pt plus 8pt minus 12pt} -\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent - \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}#1} -\renewcommand\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@ - \hrule width .4\columnwidth - \kern 2.6\p@} -\renewcommand\CoverArt[3]{ - \ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined - \newfont\CoverTitleFont{cmr17 scaled \magstep 5}% - \fi - \begin{center} - {\LARGE DANTE\\[14pt] - \Large Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ \eV}% - \\\rule{\textwidth}{2pt}\par\vfill - \CoverTitleFont Die - \\[22pt] \TeX nische - \\[22pt] Kom{\"o}die - \par\vfill\rule{\textwidth}{2pt}\\[4pt]\large - Heft #1\hfill #2.\ Jahrgang\hfill #3 - \normalsize - \end{center}\vspace*{28.5pt}} -\let\addresssize\relax -\ifDTK@Author@\else - \renewcommand\ContentsArt{\part@nosubtitle{\contentsname}} -\fi -\renewcommand\l@part[2]{% - \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}% - \addvspace{0.5em plus 0pt}% space above part line - \@tempdima 1.5em - \begingroup - \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth - \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth - \bf - \leavevmode - \advance\leftskip\@tempdima - \hskip -\leftskip - #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par - \penalty\@highpenalty - \endgroup} -\renewcommand\l@chapter{\@dottedtocline{0}{1.5em}{2.3em}} - \renewcommand\eV{e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `dtk95.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk96.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk96.clo deleted file mode 100644 index e1fd8f15cef..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk96.clo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `dtk96.clo', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetysix') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk96.clo. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% Purpose: -%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. -%% -%% Documentation: -%% The documentation can be generated from the original file -%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to -%% get the full documentation in DVI format. -%% -%% -%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer -%% Mainzer Str. 8 -%% 56321 Rhens (Germany) -%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. -%% -%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts -%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for -%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless -%% he says so in writing. -%% -%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute -%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any -%% modifications are indicated. -%% -%% -%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with -%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc} -\textheight = 484pt -\textwidth = 342pt -\columnsep = 10pt -\emergencystretch = 0pt -\renewcommand\DTKgerman{ - \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman - \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman - \selectlanguage{german}% -} -\ifDTK@german@ - \DTKgerman -\fi -\let\addresssize\relax -\renewcommand\l@part[2]{% - \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}% - \addvspace{0.5em plus 0pt}% space above part line - \@tempdima 1.5em - \begingroup - \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth - \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth - \bf - \leavevmode - \advance\leftskip\@tempdima - \hskip -\leftskip - #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par - \penalty\@highpenalty - \endgroup} -\renewcommand\l@chapter{\@dottedtocline{0}{1.5em}{2.3em}} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `dtk96.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk98.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk98.clo deleted file mode 100644 index f72488b5380..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk98.clo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `dtk98.clo', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetyeight') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk98.clo. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% Purpose: -%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. -%% -%% Documentation: -%% The documentation can be generated from the original file -%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to -%% get the full documentation in DVI format. -%% -%% -%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer -%% Mainzer Str. 8 -%% 56321 Rhens (Germany) -%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. -%% -%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts -%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for -%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless -%% he says so in writing. -%% -%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute -%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any -%% modifications are indicated. -%% -%% -%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with -%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc} -\textheight = 484pt -\textwidth = 342pt -\columnsep = 10pt -\emergencystretch = 0pt -\renewcommand\DTKgerman{ - \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman - \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman - \selectlanguage{german}% -} -\ifDTK@german@ - \DTKgerman -\fi -\def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `dtk98.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk99.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk99.clo deleted file mode 100644 index f41cb20ce03..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk99.clo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `dtk99.clo', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetynine') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from dtk99.clo. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% Purpose: -%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. -%% -%% Documentation: -%% The documentation can be generated from the original file -%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to -%% get the full documentation in DVI format. -%% -%% -%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer -%% Mainzer Str. 8 -%% 56321 Rhens (Germany) -%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. -%% -%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts -%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for -%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless -%% he says so in writing. -%% -%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute -%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any -%% modifications are indicated. -%% -%% -%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with -%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\textheight = 484pt -\textwidth = 342pt -\columnsep = 10pt -\emergencystretch = 0pt -\renewcommand\DTKgerman{ - \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman - \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman - \selectlanguage{german}% -} -\ifDTK@german@ - \DTKgerman -\fi -\def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `dtk99.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty index c40c9183305..3a43f41a075 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty @@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ %% original source files, as listed above, are part of the %% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be %% in the same archive or directory.) +%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv" %% %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $ +%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Purpose: %% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''. @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ %% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de %% %% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer -%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige -%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. +%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige +%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. %% %% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but %% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts @@ -76,8 +77,8 @@ %%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2} \def\filename{dtk.dtx} -\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $} -\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $} +\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $} +\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $} \let\docversion=\fileversion \let\docdate=\filedate \ProvidesPackage{dtklogos}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene] @@ -127,6 +128,7 @@ \(\cal A\)\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox {\(\cal M\)}\kern-.125em{\(\cal S\)}} \providecommand\AMS{\AmS} +\providecommand{\XeTeX}{X\kern-.1em\lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.15em\TeX} \providecommand\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX} \providecommand\AMSLaTeX{\AmSLaTeX} \providecommand\AmSTeX{% @@ -240,6 +242,12 @@ \providecommand\WinEdt{\mbox{\textsf{WinEdt}}}% \providecommand\WinEdtKK{\mbox{\textsf{WinEdt2k}}}% \providecommand{\LyX}{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@} +\providecommand*{\exTeX}{% + \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet + \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}% + \kern-.15em\TeX + }% +} \providecommand\eV{e.V\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}} \providecommand\dante{DANTE \eV} \providecommand\Dante{DANTE, @@ -258,6 +266,26 @@ \providecommand\NTS{\leavevmode \hbox{$\cal N\kern-0.35em\lower0.5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}\kern-0.2emS$}} \providecommand\eTeX{{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}} +\providecommand*{\ExTeX}{% RN 2005-01-15 + \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet + \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}% + \kern-.15em\TeX + }% +} +\IfFileExists{ot1dante.fd}% RN 2005-01-15 +{% + \providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{% + \begingroup + \usefont{OT1}{dante}{m}{n}\selectfont DANTE% + \endgroup + } +} +{\providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{DANTE}} +\providecommand*\ConTeXt{Con\TeX t} +\providecommand*\conTeXt{con\TeX t} +\providecommand\Thanh{H\`an Th\^e\protect\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{\relax}}} Th\`anh} +\providecommand*\MiKTeX{MiK\TeX} +\providecommand*\MikTeX\MiKTeX \endinput %% %% End of file `dtklogos.sty'. |